Home

Oki 3037 User's Manual

Contents

1. 3 Black Finish tran Auto C Glossy C Malte Advanced Default crea en Monitor 6500k Perceptual Optimized for printing photographs when using a monitor with a color temperature of 6500K e Monitor 6500k Vivid Optimized for printing bright colors when using a monitor with a color temperature of 6500K Ideal for office graphics and text Monitor 9300k Optimized for printing photographs when using a monitor with a color temperature of 6500K ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 202 Digital Camera Optimized for printing photographs taken with a digital camera This tends to produce prints with lighter and brighter colors For some photographs other settings may be better depending on the subjects and the conditions under which they were taken sRGB Optimized for matching specific colors such as a company logo color The colors within the printer s color gamut are printed without any modification and only colors that fall outside the printable colors are modified ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 203 Color Control PostScript Color Matching This uses PostScript Color Rendering Dictionaries built into the printer and affects both RGB and CMYK data Select the rendering type from the Rendering Intent drop down list box Layout Paper Quality Job Options Color Overa m Color mode Color Control Method PostScript Color Matching gt
2. m Options Enlarge EE v Add Regstration Marks Color Iv Add Overlap 0 39 inch ce te 5 Click OK 6 Click Print ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 251 Windows Me 98 95 Printer Drivers See your printed Software Installation Guide for information on installing printer drivers WHICH PRINTER DRIVER TO USE Your printer comes with Windows drivers for PCL and Adobe PostScript PS You can install either of these or both if you wish Which driver you choose depends on your application If you use TrueType fonts and you do not print PostScript including eps files graphics choose the PCL driver This will be more efficient and give good results f you use PostScript fonts or you will be printing PostScript graphics choose the PostScript driver In this situation performance will be faster and graphics will be printed at their best quality NOTE The line art graphics in th is manual are PostScript So if you plan to print parts of this manual choose the PostScript driver Otherwise the line art graphics will only print at low resolution If neither driver seems to cover all your needs you should install both drivers select the same printer port LPT1 or Network Port for both drivers during the installation Set the driver you plan to use most of the time to be your Windows default driver Most applications allow you to choose a different printer from within the p
3. 52206001 OKI SynFlex Waterproof and Tear proof Order No White 8 x 11 100 sheets cereus 52205901 OKI Bright White Proofing Paper Order No 32 Ib US Bond 8 x 11 500 sheets 52206101 32 Ib US Bond 11 x 17 500 sheets 52206102 32 Ib US Bond 12 x 18 500 sheets 52206103 ES 3037 3037e Consumables 471 OKI PRINT MEDIA CONTINUED OKI Premium Card Stock Order No White 60 Ib Cover 8 x 11 250 sheets 52205601 White 90 Ib Index 8 x 11 250 sheets 52205602 White 110 Ib Index 8 x 11 250 sheets 52205603 OKI Premium Color Transparencies Equipment imm OKI Order No B12 X11 SO SHOTS E E E E A AT 52205701 OKI Premium Envelopes Security Tint Redi Strip Seal amp W Order No White COM 10 Box 100 essen enne nnns 52206301 White COM 10 Box 500 eeeeeee enne nnn nnnm 52206302 ES 3037 3037e Consumables 472 Factory Default Settings PRINT MENU et cy Sesano COPIES 1 DUPLEX OFF BINDING LONG EDGE OUTPUT BIN FACE DOWN JOB OFFSET ON PAPER FEED TRAY1 AUTO TRAY SWITCH ON TRAY SEQUENCE DOWN MP TRAY USAGE FEED WHEN MISMATCHING MEDIA CHECK ENABLE TRANSPARENCY DETECT AUTO RESOLUTION ES 3037 600 X 1299 DPI ES 3037e 1200 DPI TONER SAVE MODE OFF MONO
4. 20 005 255 For additional paper trays 20 0 0 eee 256 For the duplex unit 0 20 00 00 eee 257 For the high capacity feeder 0 000 008 258 Changing defaults for paper feed size and media in the driver 259 Network Printer Status utility lees 261 Op rati n ssepe De Gaping Hed RE EE RET ME 262 Factors that affect color printing 0 00008 263 Differences between the range of colors a monitor or printer can reproduce 000 263 Viewing conditions 0 eee eee een 264 Printer driver color settings 0 0 00 eese 264 Monitorsettings llle 264 How your software application displays color 265 Paper type eileberexc Ae eR REOR TRA ERE ETT 265 Choosing a color matching method 0004 266 RGB or CMYK lecce e REIR Res 266 Matching Photographic Images 0005 267 ES 3037 3037e Windows Contents 7 Matching Specific Colors e g a Company logo 267 Printing Vivid Colors 268 Color matching PCL Driver 0 00 0 0000005 269 Color Matching Options 0 0 0 0 0 eee 269 The Print Color Swatch Utility 0 0 0 0 0 272 Color matching PostScript Driver 00 00 00 273 Color Matching Options 0 00000 00 000 273 Windows ICM color matching 0 000 esses 28
5. 3 r Black Finish Digital Camera ges C Glossy User Settnt E Uar Setting C Matte Monitor 6500K Perceptual Optimized for printing photographs when using a monitor with a color temperature of 6500K Monitor 6500K Vivid Optimized for printing bright colors when using a monitor with a color temperature of 6500K Ideal for office graphics and text Monitor 9300K Optimized for printing photographs when using a monitor with a color temperature of 6500K ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 354 Digital Camera Optimized for printing photographs taken with a digital camera This tends to produce prints with lighter and brighter colors For some photographs other settings may be better depending on the subjects and the conditions under which they were taken sRGB Optimized for matching specific colors such as a company logo color The colors within the printer s color gamut are printed without any modification and only colors that fall outside the printable colors are modified ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 355 Color Control PostScript Color Matching This uses PostScript Color Rendering Dictionaries built into the printer and affects both RGB and CMYK data Select the rendering type from the Rendering Intent drop down list PostScript Color Matching Galan Simulation ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 356 Rendering Intents When a document is printed
6. 490 Getting Help e oi etree eee ke et ce eh ee 490 General Information 49 Summary of Storage Device Manager Functions 492 Administration llle 493 Using Storage Device Manager 0005 495 ES 3037 3037e Windows Contents 12 Setting Up an Administrative Password 496 Creating PostScript Forms eee 497 Creating PCL Macros Forms 00 0 c eee ee eens 500 Printing the FileTast 1 200 det oct eoe du bu us 507 Maintaining the Internal Hard Drive and Flash Memory 508 Using Overlays 2 xi eb sets emi eS a Bees EM 511 General Information 0 0 0 0 eee 511 Windows 2000 and XP PCL 0 0 00 02 ee eee 513 Printing Using Overlays 2000 PCL 514 Windows Me 98 95 PCL 2 eee 517 Windows Me 98 95 PostScript 0 00 02 cee ee eee 521 Windows NT 4 0 PCL 1 eee 524 Windows NT 4 0 PostScript 00 00 0000 200008 529 PrintSupervision 0 2 0 0 0 0 eee eee eee eee 532 Features 2 eee e EIE Gaal S OE eeu ae eae 532 Types OF USers s voee IMS RP ER ae Yes 533 Typical usage scenarios 00 eee eese 533 System Requirements 0 00 0 002s eee ee 534 Additional Information 0 000 000 ee eee 534 Network Printer Status Utility llle 535 ToJnstall Pes sake beet DRUCRSEERRETIOREROGBRMERSTRES 535 TO Open sie vat ee DO Pee pod eti OP UE 535 C
7. Color Simulation None z m Rendering Intent m Advanced Default ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 204 Rendering Intents When a document is printed a conversion takes place from the documents color space to the printer color space The rendering intents are essentially a set of rules that determine how this color conversion takes place The rendering intents that the printer driver provides are listed below Auto Best choice for printing general documents Perceptual Best choice for printing photographs Compresses the source gamut into the printer s gamut while maintaining the overall appearance of an image Saturation Best choice for printing bright and saturated colors if you don t necessarily care how accurate the colors are This makes it the recommended choice for graphs charts diagrams etc Maps fully saturated colors in the source gamut to fully saturated colors in the printer s gamut Relative Colorimetric Good for proofing CMYK color images on a desktop printer Much like Absolute Colorimetric except that it scales the source white to the usually paper white i e unlike Absolute Colorimetric this attempts to take the paper white into account Absolute Colorimetric Best for printing solid colors and tints such as Company logos etc Matches colors common to both devices exactly and clips the out of gamut colors to their nearest printed equival
8. 4 Choose all of the printer driver settings with which you would like your overlay to print 5 Try to keep the overlay to a single sheet Don t use N up duplex finisher options etc when creating an overlay These can be added when printing the document that includes the overlay 6 Click OK to close the Properties dialog box 7 Click Print Instead of sending the print job to the printer this prompts you to save the print job on your PC s hard disk Give the file a meaningful name such as my template prn ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 240 PostScript 1 With the file to be stored as an overlay open in your application program choose File then Print 2 Ensure that the Print To File option is switched on in your application s Print dialog box 3 Depending on the application you may need to select your OKI printer model and then click Properties This should open the printer driver settings Select the Job Options tab and click the Overlays button Choose Create Form from the menu o c0 A Click OK to close the Properties dialog box 7 Click OK to print the document to a file Instead of sending the print job to the printer this prompts you to save the print job on your PC s hard disk Give the file a meaningful name such as my template prn Important Please ensure that you are using the Oki PostScript driver to do this ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 241 D
9. ip Not Installed tees 4 Click OK and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Printer Drivers 333 PCL driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 On the Device Option tab click Finisher 4 Click OK and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Printer Drivers 334 CHANGING DEFAULTS FOR PAPER FEED SIZE AND MEDIA IN THE DRIVER The normal default for these items is automatic detection NOTE If the defaults set manually in the printer menu differ from those you set in the printer driver the printer will not print and the LCD will display an error message The following printer driver instructions are given as a guide only Some software applications require the paper feed size and media settings to be selected from within the software under Page Setup PostScript drivers 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Right click the printer name and click Document Defaults 3 If you will be using heavy media transparencies envelopes or labels click the Job Options tab and set the Output Bin under Finisher to Stacker Face up Advanced Job Options Color dob Type Normal Proof and print C Secure print C Store to HDD Fan Copies f I Collate r Scale Fine oo C Normal r Finisher Output Bin Stacker Face down C Fast
10. 0 0 0 000 108 Operation uou yee e ie ree A Re Pe dg PS 109 Factors that affect color printing 00000 110 Differences between the range of colors a monitor or printer can reproduce 0005 110 Viewing conditions 0 eee eee eens 111 Printer driver color settings 0 0 e cece eee eee ee 111 Monitor settingS 0 0 eee ee n 111 How your software application displays color 112 Paper type 5 2 2 fen tte en se oen ee es 112 Choosing a color matching method 0 113 RGB or CMYK i iius ta pan He ees RR 113 Matching Photographic Images 0 0 02 eee eeee 114 Matching Specific Colors e g a Company logo 114 Printing Vivid Colors 115 Color matching PCL driver 0 00 02 esee 116 Color Matching Options 0 00000 00 008 116 The Print Color Swatch Utility 0 0 0 00 0 119 Color matching PostScript driver 0 000000 120 Color Matching Options 000000002200 120 OKI Using ICC Profiles feature PostScript driver only 0 20 0 eee ee eee eee 126 To set up ICC profiles lore er e 127 Windows ICM color matching 0000 5 129 Printing multiple pages on one sheet n up printing iie lU UA UU ee 130 N Up printing using the PostScript driver 130 N Up printing using the PCL driver
11. PostScript Driver PCL Driver 4 Click OK ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Printer Drivers 258 CHANGING DEFAULTS FOR PAPER FEED SIZE AND MEDIA IN THE DRIVER The normal default for these items is automatic detection NOTE If the defaults set manually in the printer menu differ from those you set in the printer driver the printer will not print and the LCD will display an error message The following printer driver instructions are given as a guide only Some software applications require the paper feed size and media settings to be selected from within the software under Page Setup PostScript and PCL drivers 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 Click the Setup tab PostScript Driver PCL Driver Job Options Col Device Options PostScript Job Options Color Device Option General Details Color Management Fonts Setup General Details Color Management Setup Media 4 r Media S LL Sue EEE Eon Source automaticaly Select x Source Automatically Select Paper Feed Options Paper Feed Options Einishing Mode Standard 2 N up N up lup zi Bape Wide V ZEB rnc None E A 2 Sided Printings Off sj Li Driver Settings Defaut hd Add TEE Letter 85 x Tin Unpint
12. Store to HDD O Store to HDD Copies 10 _ Collate Copies 10 Collate Scale a Under Job Type select Proof and Print Enter a job name of up to 16 characters under Job Name Setting and if required select Request Job Name for each print job JOB PIN Job Name Setting Job Name l C Request Job Name for each print jot Setting of PIN Enter 4 digits c Type ina four digit personal ID number from 0000 to 7777 then click OK 4 Click OK then click Print The document is stored on the hard disk drive and one copy is printed for checking b After checking the proof print or delete if incorrect the remaining copies of the document using the procedures given below ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 148 Printing copies 1 Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU then press the SELECT button 2 Enter your personal ID number using the buttons on the printer control panel 3 Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name is displayed 4 Press the SELECT button to print the remaining copies of the document Deleting copies If the proof is not ready for printing the job must be deleted from the printer 1 Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and press the SELECT button 2 Enter your personal ID number using the buttons on the printer control panel 3 Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or t
13. Test Form The Test PostScript Form dialog box appears 2 Click the file name for the form you wish to print you can get this from the File List printout then click OK Command Issued appears 3 Click OK and wait for the form to print ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 499 Creating PCL Macros Forms Important Unless you are experienced with PCL macro commands it is best to stay with the PostScript Forms There are two basic processes to producing PCL macros A Creating and downloading the PCL project B Test printing the macro ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 500 A Creating and Downloading a PCL Project Important Remember that file names and paths are case sensitive Step 1 Create the Forms in Your Software Application 1 Create the document in your software application 2 Click File Print and make sure the Oki PCL driver is selected 3 Print the document to a file using the extension PRN Step 2 Create a New Project 1 Open Storage Device Manager 2 Click Projects New Project The Project dialog box opens 3 Click Projects Save Project enter the path name for storing the project on your hard drive or your network then click Save ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 501 Step 3 Convert the Files to Binary bin Format 1 Click Projects Filter Macro File The Filter Printer Patterns dialog box appears p Page and Job Control Com
14. d Color Control No Color Matching Use this option to switch off all printer color matching ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 124 e Color Control Print in Grayscale This option prints all documents as monochrome ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 125 OKI USING ICC PROFILES FEATURE POSTSCRIPT DRIVER ONLY Affects RGB data only This provides a method of matching RGB colors similar to Windows ICM matching The main advantage it has over Windows ICM color matching is that it provides a method of printing using both input and output profiles Windows ICM matching only allows output profiles to be chosen Input Profiles e g a digital camera provide information about the color in the original device that was used to capture or display the image data For example an input device could be a scanner digital camera or monitor Output Profiles e g the ES 3037e printer provide information about the device to which you are printing The Using ICC Profiles feature uses both the input and output profiles to generate a CRD Color Rendering Dictionary which is used to match the colors as closely as possible NOTE This feature may not work for all application programs However many professional graphics applications offer a similar feature in their print settings with the ability to choose a source input color space and a print output color space ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 126 To
15. ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 167 11 Select Print Using Active Overlays IV Print Using Active Overlays Active Overlays First Page First Page Define Overlays Test Print OK Cancel Help Default 12 Click OK 13 Click OK to close the Printing Preferences dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 168 PRINTING POSTERS PCL DRIVER ONLY This option allows you to configure and print posters by breaking up the document page into multiple pieces which print enlarged on separate sheets Then the separate sheets are combined to produce a poster It is only available with the PCL printer driver 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the Print dialog box click the PCL driver on the General tab then click the Preferences button 3 On the Setup tab under Finishing Mode select Poster Print Printing Preferences Setup Job Options Color Media Size Letter 8 5 x 11in Paper Feed Options Finishing Mode A Driver Settings Untitled Add emove Letter 8 5 x 11in ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 169 4 Click Options and enter the configuration details PosterPrint ptions Enlarge v v Add Regstration Marks Color Add Overlap 038 inch OK Cancel Help Click OK twice Click Print ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 170 Windows 2000 Printer Drivers See your printed Software
16. In the Print on Pages drop down list select on which pages the overlay is to be printed or select Custom and enter specific page numbers under Custom pages Under Overlay Name type in the name of the overlay file exactly as it was stored using Storage Device Manager see the File List printout Overlay file names are case sensitive Click Add Repeat steps 9 and 10 to add additional overlays maximum of three per group Click OK To create additional overlay groups up to 32 can be defined repeat steps 6 to 11 above Save Your Settings 13 Click OK twice and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 30376 Software Utilities 528 Windows NT 4 0 PostScript Defining Overlays NT 4 0 PostScript 1 2 Click Start Settings Printers Right click the Oki PostScript printer icon then click Document Defaults The Default dialog box appears 3 Click the Job Options and click Overlay 4 Click New The Define Overlays dialog box appears Under Overlay Name enter a name for the group of overlays you are creating Inthe Print on Pages drop down list select on which pages the overlay is to be printed or select Custom and enter specific page numbers under Custom pages Under Form Name type in the name of the overlay file exactly as it was stored using the Storage Device Manager software see the File List printout including the file extension HST Overlay file names are case sens
17. This is OKI s proprietary color matching system and affects RGB data only Select the type to be used from the drop down list box under Color Setting General Details Color Management Fonts Sew Job Options Color Device Options PosScipt Color Mode Color Control OKI Color Matching Color Simulation None E gt Black Finish C Auto he m C Glossy Matte Advanced Default Monitor 6500K Perceptual Optimized for printing photographs when using a monitor with a color temperature of 6500K Monitor 6500K Vivid Optimized for printing bright colors when using a monitor with a color temperature of 6500K Ideal for office graphics and text Monitor 9300K Optimized for printing photographs when using a monitor with a color temperature of 6500K ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 276 Digital Camera Optimized for printing photographs taken with a digital camera This tends to produce prints with lighter and brighter colors For some photographs other settings may be better depending on the subjects and the conditions under which they were taken sRGB Optimized for matching specific colors such as a company logo color The colors within the printer s color gamut are printed without any modification and only colors that fall outside the printable colors are modified ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 277 b Color Control PostScript Color Matching Thi
18. o c0 A Click OK to close the Properties dialog box 7 Click OK to print the document to a file Instead of sending the print job to the printer this prompts you to save the print job on your PC s hard disk Give the file a meaningful name such as my template prn Important Please ensure that you are using the Oki PostScript driver to do this ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 159 Downloading the print file to use as an overlay In the previous topic you created a print PRN file on your PC s hard disk This topic explains how download this file to the printer using the Storage Device Manager The Storage Device Manager software is included with the original software CDs that were supplied with your printer 1 Launch Storage Device Manager and allow the program to discover locate the printer 2 Click Project then New Project 3 Select Add File to Project from the Project menu and select the PRN file s that you created earlier ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 160 PCL This automatically generates a BIN file Important At this step you will see in the project window that the BIN file is assigned an ID number You can change this ID number by double clicking it and entering a new one in the ID field PostScript This automatically generates a PostScript hst file Note the name that the file is assigned in the Storage Device Manager Names are case sensitive NOTE For PCL and PS
19. 1 Click Start Settings Printers and Faxes 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 On the Device Option tab click Printer Hard Disk General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Device ption r Available Options Available Tray 1 zi Duplex Option Unit v Printer Hard Disk Finisher Les About 4 Click OK and close the Printers and Faxes dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Printer Drivers 93 For additional paper trays PostScript driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers and Faxes 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 Click the Device Settings tab Under Installable Options click Available Trays then select the appropriate number of trays not including the Multi purpose tray in the drop down list General Sharing Ports I Advanced Color Management Device Settings Device Settings W 3 Form To Tray Assignment EJ ae Font Substitution Table Available PostScript Memory 4886 KB Output Protocol ASCII Send CTRL D Before Each Job No Send CTRL D After Each Job Yes Convert Gray Text to PostScript Gray No Convert Gray Graphics to PostScript Gray No Add Euro Currency Symbol to PostScript Fonts No Job Timeout 0 seconds Wait Timeout 300 seconds Minimum Font Size to Download as Outline 100 pixel s Maximum Font Size to Download as Bitmap 600 pixel s uU
20. 228 PROOF AND PRINT Proof and print allows printing of a single copy of a document for checking before printing multiple copies of the same document NOTES The internal hard disk must be installed in the printer and enabled to allow for spooling of the print job before final printing If the hard disk memory is insufficient for the spooled data DISK FULL is displayed and only one copy is printed If the software application being used has a collate print option it must be turned OFF for proof and print to operate correctly Proof and print may not be available in some software applications 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the Print dialog box click the appropriate driver on the General tab then click the Job Options tab ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 229 3 Enter the number of copies and if required select Collate PostScript Driver PCL Driver 2x 2x General Layout Paper Qualiy Job Options Color Overlay General Layout Paper Qualiy Job Options Color Overlay Qualty Quality Secure Print C Store to HDD Secure Print C Store to HDD Copies 10 Copies 10 I Collate Under Job Type select Proof and Print Enter a job name of up to 16 characters under Job Name Setting and if required select Request Job Name for each print job Job Name Settings Job Name resi IV Request Job Name for each
21. 294 NOTE To create a new watermark or edit an existing watermark Click the New or Edit button Watermark T Os moo ci og Emte co L g L y Enter the text for the watermark and select the font size angle etc to be used Click OK 5 If you wish to print the watermark only on the first page of the document select First Page only 6 Click OK 7 Click OK to close the Properties dialog box 8 Print the document ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 295 COLLATING Collating can be carried out with or without a hard disk drive installed However printers with a hard disk drive will provide greater performance Important If your software application has a collate option use it instead of the collate option in the printer driver The following instructions explain how to select collating using the printer driver 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the print dialog box click the appropriate driver then click Properties or Setup or your application s equivalent 3 Click the Job Options tab under Job Type enter the number of copies required and only if the application has no collate option select Collate PostScript Driver PCL Driver PS Properties HEI Setup Job Options Color Setup Job Options Color PostScript Quality Job Type Normal C Proof and Print Pip r Job Type Normal prBot and Pri
22. Letter 8 5 x lin ha automaticaly Select ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 360 4 Click the Options button and select the Page Borders Page Layout and Bind Margin then click OK 5 Click OK and print the document ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 361 PRINTING CUSTOM PAGE SIZES Custom page sizes can only be printed from the Multi purpose tray The printer media size for the Multi purpose tray must be manually set in the driver to the custom paper size before use range 3 to 8 inches 89 to 216 mm wide x 5 to 14 inches 127 to 356 mm long Printing custom pages using the PostScript driver NOTE One custom paper size can be defined in the PostScript driver 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the Print dialog box select the PS driver then click Properties or Setup or your application s equivalent ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 362 3 On the Job Options tab under Finisher select Stacker Face up in the Output Bin list ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 363 4 Click the Advanced tab Under Document Options Tray Source a Click Paper Source and select Multi Purpose Tray in the Change Paper Source Setting list PS Document Settings Document Options t5 Paper Output E Paper Size Letter ip Input Slot Option fig Media Type Printer Setting fijo Layout Mj N UP lt 1 UP gt 2 Sided Printing
23. engaging the drum locating peg in the hole in the toner cartridge ES 3037 3037e Setting up 30 d Gently push the toner cartridge down engaging the locking pin into the groove on the image drum e Gently push the colored lever toward the rear of the machine until it stops This releases the toner into the image drum CAUTION The lever should go back easily If you meet any resistance stop and push down on the cartridge to be sure that it is firmly in place before attempting to push the lever back ES 3037 3037e Setting up 31 2 Close the top cover LOADING PAPER 1 Pull out the paper tray 2 Adjust the paper guides and rear stopper for the size of paper being used ES 3037 3037e Setting up 33 3 Close the paper tray gently Important To prevent paper jams Don t leave space between the paper and the paper guides and rear stopper Don t overfill the paper tray Capacity depends on the type of paper and the paper weight max 550 sheets of 20 Ib US Bond 75 g m paper Don t load damaged paper Don t load paper of different sizes paper quality or thickness at the same time Don t remove the paper tray during printing NOTE If installed a lower paper tray cannot be used to print if there is no paper tray inserted above it ES
24. 4 Press the SELECT button The document will print and be deleted from the hard disk drive Deleting the confidential document before printing it 1 Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and press the SELECT button 2 Enter the personal ID number you set above using the buttons on the printer control panel 3 Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name is displayed 4 Press the CANCEL button to delete the job from the printer NOTE An alternative method of printing or deleting the remaining copies of the document is to use the Oki Storage Device Manager Please refer to the on line Help for the Oki Storage Device Manager software ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 152 STORE TO HARD DISK Store to hard disk job spooling allows print jobs to be prepared and stored on the hard disk for printing on demand This is good for forms generic memos letterhead stationery etc NOTE The internal hard disk must be installed in the printer and enabled If the hard disk memory is insufficient for the spooled data DISK FULL is displayed and only one copy printed If the software application being used has a collate print option this must be turned OFF for Store to Hard Disk to operate correctly Store to Hard Disk may not be available in some software applications 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the Print dialog box click the appropri
25. 8 Gently push the lever in the direction of the arrow until it stops If you meet any resistance when pushing the lever STOP and push down on the cartridge to be sure it is firmly in place then proceed This releases the toner into the image drum ES 3037 3037e Maintenance 408 9 Gently wipe the corresponding LED head surface with the LED lens cleaner supplied with the toner cartridge CAUTION Do not use methyl alcohol or other solvents on the LED head otherwise damage to the lens surface will occur ES 3037 3037e Maintenance 409 10 Close the top cover After installing the new toner cartridge the message on the display TONER LOW or CHANGE TONER should disappear However this sometimes does not disappear until printing has been carried out If it still does not disappear reinstall the toner cartridge ES 3037 3037e Maintenance 410 CHANGING THE IMAGE DRUM When the image drum reaches the end of its product life CHANGE DRUM is displayed in the control panel is the color name If printing continues without replacing the image drum CHANGE IMAGE DRUM is displayed and printing is cancelled Change the toner cartridge and clean the LED head at the same time as changing the image drum Image drum life is approximately 23 000 sheets of letter size media This assumes a typical office environment where 20 of print jobs are one page emails 3096 are 3 page documents containing only words no g
26. Click OK twice and close the Default dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Printer Drivers 337 PCL drivers 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Right click the printer name and click Document Defaults 3 In the Setup tab under Media select the required paper size in the Size drop down list Standard N up E sided 4 rq 4 Select the required paper feed under Source NOTE If a paper tray is selected the Weight field becomes visible ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Printer Drivers 338 5 Select the required paper type under Weight NOTE If Printer Setting is selected make sure the printer has been set to the correct media type f a Warning dialog box appears indicating a setting conflict click OK and the driver will automatically change to correct the problem Tabloid 11 x 17in pa Multi Purpose Tray M sided PT ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Printer Drivers 339 6 Click the Paper Feed Options button and make any other selections then click OK Paper feed options L OK cancel Heb 7 Click OK twice and close the Default dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Printer Drivers 340 Network Printer Status utility Available on TCP IP network connection only The Network Printer Status utility is available if your administrator has installed it If the utility is installed you will see the following changes to the printe
27. ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 535 3 Click the UPDATE button to see device settings The following screen displays Setup JobOptions Color Device Options PostScript General Details Color Management Staus Fons Device Setting Bg 192 168 1 19 E Tray Ee Tray Multi Purpose Tray Duplex Installed E DiseMemory RAM Flash Memory Toner Remaining Black 99 Cyan 99 Magenta 99 Yellow 99 Auto Status Check Web Setting OK Cancel Apply Help Click on an item to see this information Trays Paper Type weight Duplex Installed not installed Disk Memory RAM size and used Flash Memory size and used Toner Remaining toner remaining is all cartridges NOTE If the Automatic Status Check box is checked this utility will ping the printer each time you open the Printer Properties dialog in the printer driver This will severely slow down the opening of this dialog ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 536 Checking the Printer Status Click the WEB SETTING button The following screen displays E http 192 168 1 19 Microsoft Internet Explorer E Ele Edt View Favorites Tools Help es gt O A A GSearch C Favortes HHistoy Sb B 5 j amp ddes E mp mQ18138 Go Links gt Printer Status nnection Network Summary Admin I Update Status Printer Menu Network Network Summary General Setting
28. Item Factory default setting USB Enable SOFT RESET disable OFFLINE RECEIVE DISABLE NETWORK MENU Item Factory default setting TCP IP ENABLE NETWARE ENABLE ETHERTALK ENABLE NETBEUI ENABLE FRAME TYPE AUTO DHCP BOOTP ENABLE RARP DISABLE IP ADDRESS 0 0 0 0 SUBNET MASK 0 0 0 0 GATEWAY ADDRESS 0 0 0 0 PRINT SETTINGS OFF INITIALIZE OFF MEMORY MENU Item Factory default setting RECEIVE BUFF SIZE AUTO RESOURCE SAVE OFF FLASH INITIALIZE EXECUTE PS FLASH RESIZE 0 5Mb ES 3037 3037e Factory Default Settings 479 SYSTEM ADJUST MENU tem Factory default setting X ADJUST 0 0 mm Y ADJUST 0 0 mm DUPLEX X ADJUST 0 0 mm DUPLEX Y ADJUST 0 0 mm TRAY1 A3 Nobi PAPER TABLOID EXTRA TRAY1 LEGAL14 PAPER LEGAL 14 TRAY2 A3 Nobi PAPER TABLOID EXTRA TRAY2 LEGAL14 PAPER LEGAL 14 TRAY3 A3 Nobi PAPER TABLOID EXTRA TRAY3 LEGAL14 PAPER LEGAL 14 TRAY4 A3 Nobi PAPER TABLOID EXTRA TRAY4 LEGAL14 PAPER LEGAL 14 TRAY5 A3 Nobi PAPER TABLOID EXTRA TRAY5 LEGAL14 PAPER LEGAL 14 PCL TRAY2 ID 5 PCL TRAY3 ID 20 PCL TRAYA ID 21 PCL TRAY5 ID 22 PCL MP TRAY ID 4 DRUM CLEQNING OFF HEX DUMP EXECUTE ES 3037 3037e Factory Default Settings 480 MAINTENANCE MENU Item Factory default setting EEPROM RESET SAVE MENU RESTORE MENU POWER SAVE PAPER BLACK SETTING PAPER COLOR SETTING TRANSPR BLACK SETTING TRANSPR COLOR SETTING USAGE MENU EXECUTE EXECUTE EXECUTE ENABLE 0 0 0 0 Displays printer pa
29. Pam ate Pesoton NN PRINT MENU MAP Execute PRINT FILE LIST Execute PRINT PCL FONT Execute PRINT PS FONT Execute PRINT IBM PPR FONT Execute PRINT EPSON FX FONT Execute PRINT DEMO12 Execute PRINT ERROR LOG Execute Prints menu list Prints job file list Prints PCL font list Prints PostScript font list Prints an IBM PPR font list Prints an Epson FX font list Prints demonstration page Prints error log ES 3037 3037e Setting up 53 Test Print Menu LONE C NN NNNM PRINT ID CHECK Execute Prints ID check pattern to detect bad PATTERN ID Displayed only if TEST PRINT MENU of the System Maintenance Menu is set to ENABLE Shutdown menu LENENCONEENEE NN NK SHUTDOWN Execute Shut down sequence for the printer START and is recommended to be used when the hard disk is installed to prevent any loss of data ES 3037 3037e Setting up 54 Print Menu The default settings are bold fe vou besten COPIES 1 to 999 Sets the number of copies DUPLEX On Off Specifies two sided duplex printing if the optional duplex unit is installed BINDING Long edge Short Sets binding for duplex printing Only edge displayed if duplex is ON OUTPUT BIN Face Up Face Down Specifies output bin JOB OFFSET On Off Sets job offset on or off PAPER FEED Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Selects source of paper feed Tray 2 Tray 4 Tray 5 MP to 5 only displayed if installed Tray AUTO TRAY On Off Automatic switching to next tray SWITCH when tra
30. a S Simplex D Duplex printing on both sides of the paper b Notusable ES 3037 3037e Setting up 51 PRINTER SETTINGS Confirming current settings Current menu settings can be confirmed by printing the MenuMap see Printing the MenuMap on page 44 Changing the settings Menu Item Value Select Ready O O Attention EX OOO 1 Make sure that paper is loaded into the paper tray 2 Press the ONLINE button to place the printer offline 3 Press the MENU button until the INFORMATION MENU is available 4 Press the SELECT button until the display prompts you to print the MenuMap 5 Press the SELECT button to print the menu map The printer will return to online status when the menu map is printed ES 3037 3037e Setting up 52 LIST OF MENU SETTINGS Listed in the following tables are the available printer settings The default settings for the printer are in bold text Print Jobs Menu This menu only appears if the hard disk drive is installed The default settings are bold fem ae Deron NN Xe ENTER PASSWORD SELECT JOB No jobs All jobs File name 1 to nn Sets password using a four digit number 0 7 This item is also displayed even when OP MENU ALL CATEGORY is set to DISABLE in the Admin menu Selects printing job for Secure Print or Proof and Print This item is also displayed even when OP MENU ALL CATEGORY is set to DISABLE in the Admin menu Information Menu
31. a conversion takes place from the documents color space to the printer color space The rendering intents are essentially a set of rules that determine how this color conversion takes place The rendering intents that the printer driver provides are listed below Auto Best choice for printing general documents Perceptual Best choice for printing photographs Compresses the source gamut into the printer s gamut while maintaining the overall appearance of an image Saturation Best choice for printing bright and saturated colors if you don t necessarily care how accurate the colors are This makes it the recommended choice for graphs charts diagrams etc Maps fully saturated colors in the source gamut to fully saturated colors in the printer s gamut Relative Colorimetric Good for proofing CMYK color images on a desktop printer Much like Absolute Colorimetric except that it scales the source white to the usually paper white i e unlike Absolute Colorimetric this attempts to take the paper white into account Absolute Colorimetric Best for printing solid colors and tints such as Company logos etc Matches colors common to both devices exactly and clips the out of gamut colors to their nearest printed equivalent Tries to print white as it appears on screen The white of a monitor is often very different from paper white so this may result in color casts especially in the lighter areas of an image ES 3037 3037e
32. printer usage Oki color printers ES 3037 30376 Software Utilities 533 System Requirements Server Software Pentium 75 64MB or better with CD support running Windows 98 with Microsoft Personal Web Server Version available for free download from Microsoft as Option Pack 4 0 Windows NT4 Workstation SP6 0a Microsoft Personal Web Server Version available for free download from Microsoft as Option Pack 4 0 Windows 2000 or NT4 Server SP6 0a Microsoft IIS available for free download from Microsoft as Option Pack 4 0 Client Software Microsoft Internet Explorer 4 01 or above Netscape Navigator 4 0 or above Recommended minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768 pixels Additional Information For more information click on Help in the PrintSuperVision program ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 534 NETWORK PRINTER STATUS UTILITY This utility creates an additional tab STATUS in the PostScript and PCL drivers that allows the client to monitor the selected printer s status To Install 1 Insert the Oki CD1 into the CD ROM drive If CD does not AutoPlay click Start Run gt Browse Browse to your CD ROM and double click Install exe then click OK 2 Click Network Software Administration Tools gt Network Printer Status Follow the on screen instructions To Open 1 Click Start Settings Printers Right click the Oki Printer icon click Properties 2 Click on the STATUS tab
33. profiles may already be associated with the driver To associate ICC Color Profiles with the printer driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 Click the Color Management tab 4 Under Color Profiles currently associated with this printer you should see the names of profiles that match your printer model If you do not see any profiles associated with the driver click Add and locate the ICC profiles for your printer Windows ICM uses the information in these profiles to convert colors in your documents to colors that the printer can reproduce The way in which this conversion is performed can be controlled via the ICM Intent control in the printer driver NOTE Oki also provides an alternative to Windows ICM with the Color Match Using ICC Profiles feature This is similar to Windows ICM but offers several additional features ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 281 OKI USING ICC PROFILES FEATURE Affects RGB data only This provides a method of matching RGB colors similar to Windows ICM matching The main advantage it has over Windows ICM color matching is that it provides a method of printing using both input and output profiles Windows ICM matching only allows output profiles to be chosen Input Profiles e g a digital camera provide information about the color in the original device that was used to capture or display the i
34. 0 uS ACK BUSY ACK in Busy Sets output order for ACK and BUSY TIMING ACK while Busy during reception ACK IN BUSY BUSY LOW to the end of the ACK pulse ACK WHILE BUSY BUSY LOW to the centre of the ACK pulse I PRIME 3 micro sec 50 micro Sets or disables the i Prime signal sec Disable OFFLINE Enable Disable When set to Enable this function RECEIVE maintains reception without changing the interface signal even though an alarm occurs The interface stays open even if the ON LINE button is pressed The interface issues a BUSY signal only when the receive buffer is full or when a service call occurs USB menu The default settings are bold USB Enable Disable SOFT RESET Enable Disable OFFLINE Enable Disable RECEIVE Description Selects USB interface Selects use of soft reset command When set to Enable this function maintains reception without changing the interface signal even if an alarm occurs The interface stays open even if the ON LINE button is pressed The interface issues a BUSY signal only when the receive buffer is full or when a service call occurs ES 3037 3037e Setting up 71 TCP IP NETWARE ETHERTALK NETBEUI FRAME TYPE DHCP BOOTP RARP IP ADDRESS SUBNET MASK GATEWAY ADDRESS PRINT SETTINGS INITIALIZE LN RECEIVE BUFF SIZE RESOURCE SAVE FLASH INITIALIZE Network menu Only appears if the network card is installed The default settings are bold Enable Disab
35. 00 131 ES 3037 3037e Windows Contents 4 Printing custom page Sizes 6 ee ees 132 Printing custom pages using the PostScript driver 132 Printing custom pages using the PCL driver 134 Changing the resolution for a print job 0 137 Duplex printing printing on both sides of the paper 000 138 Duplex printing using the PostScript driver 139 Duplex printing using the PCL driver 140 Printing booklets 0 0 cece eee e 141 Printing booklets using the PostScript driver 141 Printing booklets using the PCL driver lusus 143 Printing watermarks PCL driver only 00 144 Collating esce lv pu e RUPEE Sk geen d Seed RENS DES 146 Proof and print 0 0 0 eee ee eee ee 147 Printing Copies 22e CERA E RUSiPPRAOTY Ae TE 149 Deleting copies s deme OU es eue Ue OF 149 Secure printing printing confidential documents 2 0004 150 Printing a confidential document from the front panel 152 Deleting the confidential document before printing it 152 Store to hard disk va gas pees peed a phe eee DEEP ERR 153 To print a stored document 0 0 00 0 00008 155 To delete a stored document from the hard disk drive 155 Printing overlay Sina ied oet IUe WEN Ru e ee 156 Creating documents to use as overlays 004 158 Downloa
36. 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 Inthe Print dialog box select the appropriate driver then click Properties or Setup or your application s equivalent 3 Click the Job Options tab ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 370 4 Select the required printing resolution under Quality PostScript Driver PCL Driver 5 Select Toner Saving if appropriate 6 Click OK and print the document ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 371 PRINTING ON BOTH SIDES OF THE PAPER DUPLEX PRINTING NOTE The optional duplex unit must be installed in the printer and enabled before duplex printing can be carried out Standard paper sizes only Paper weight range 20 to 28 Ib US Bond 75 to 105 g m Paper must be loaded print side up Only Tray 1 optional Trays 2 and 3 and the High Capacity Feeder trays can be used for duplex printing The Multi purpose tray cannot be used for duplex printing NOTE These instructions explain how to change the settings as you are printing a job If you wish to change the settings to apply to all jobs Click Start Settings Printers Right click the appropriate printer name then select Properties Follow steps 3 etc below note that the Properties screen for setting defaults will have more tabs ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 372 Duplex printing using the PostScript driver 1 Open the file in your application
37. 3037 3037e Setting up 34 4 For face down printing to the top of the printer make sure the rear paper exit is closed Paperis stacked in printed order Papertray capacity is about 500 sheets depending on paper weight 5 For face up printing straight through path make sure the straight through paper exit is open and the paper support is extended Paperis stacked in reverse order Tray capacity is about 100 sheets depending on paper weight CAUTION Don t open or close the straight through exit path while printing as it may result in a paper jam Always use the straight through exit path for thick paper card stock etc ES 3037 3037e Setting up 35 6 Load letterhead paper face down ES 3037 3037e Setting up 36 MANUAL FEED 1 Open the Multi purpose tray and extend the paper feed guides 2 Load the paper and adjust the paper guides to the size of the paper being used Load the paper into the Multi purpose tray tray with the print face upward Don t exceed the Paper Full line about 100 sheets depending on paper weight Load envelopes or letterhead stationery as shown ABC lt t ABC t CAUTION Don t open or close the rear paper exit while printing as it may result in a paper jam ES 3037 3037e Setting up 37 POWER CONNECTION WARNING Ensure
38. Black ON Mode using Pure Black not valid with PostScript IN PCL when switched ON emphasizes the pen width to improve the appearance of lines specified with minimum width ES 3037 3037e Setting up 66 LENS NN NN CHARACTER PITCH FONT CONDENSE CHARACTER SET SYMBOL SET PPR Emulation Menu The default settings are bold 10 CPI 12 CPI 17 CPI 20 CPI PROPORTIONAL 12CPI TO 20CPI 12CPI TO 12CPI Set 1 Set 2 PC 8 PC 8 Dan Nor PC 8 TK PC 775 PC 850 PC 852 PC 855 PC 857 TK PC 858 PC 866 PC 869 PC 1004 Pi Font Plska Mazvia PS Math PS Text Roman 8 Roman 9 Roman Ext Serbo Croat1 Serbo Croat2 Spanish Ukrainian VN Intl VN Math VN US Win 3 0 Win 3 1 Blt Win 3 1 Cyr Win 3 1 Grk Win 3 1 Heb Win 3 1 L1 Win 3 1 L2 Win 3 1 L5 ISO Swedish1 ISO Swedish2 ISO Swedish3 ISO 2 IRV ISO 4 UK ISO 6 ASC ISO 10 S F ISO 11 Swe ISO 14 JASC ISO 15 Ita ISO 16 Por ISO 17 Spa ISO 21 Ger ISO 25 Fre ISO 57 Chi ISO 60 Nor ISO 61 Nor ISO 69 Fre ISO 84 Por ISO 85 Spa Kamenicky Legal Math 8 MC Text MS Publish PC Ext D N PC Ext US PC Set1 PC Set2 D N PC Set2 US Bulgarian CWI Hung DeskTop German Greek 437 Greek 437 Cy Greek 928 Hebrew NC Hebrew OC IBM 437 IBM 850 IBM 860 IBM 863 IBM 865 ISO Dutch ISO L1 ISO L2 ISO L5 ISO L6 ISO L9 Description Specifies character pitch in IBM PPR emulation Specifies 12CPI pitch for Condense Mode S
39. Bond Recycled Card stock Rough Auto Light Medium Light Medium Medium Heavy Heavy Ultra Heavy Plain Letterhead Bond Recycled Card stock Rough Auto Light Medium Light Medium Medium Heavy Heavy Ultra Heavy Plain Letterhead Transparency Bond Recycled Card stock Rough Auto Light Medium Light Medium Medium Heavy Heavy Ultra Heavy Plain Letterhead Bond Recycled Card stock Rough Auto Light Medium Light Medium Medium Heavy Heavy Ultra Heavy Description Selects the paper type for Tray 1 Sets the media weight for Tray 1 Sets the media type for optional Tray 2 Only displayed if installed Selects the media weight for optional Tray2 Only displayed if installed Sets the media type for optional Tray 3 Only displayed if installed Selects the media weight for optional Tray 3 Only displayed if installed Sets the media type for optional Tray 4 Only displayed if installed Selects the media weight for optional Tray 4 Only displayed if installed Sets the media type for optional Tray 5 Only displayed if installed Selects the media weight for optional Tray 5 Only displayed if installed ES 3037 3037e Setting up 57 MP TRAY PAPER SIZE MP TRAY MEDIA TYPE MP TRAY MEDIAWEIGHT UNIT OF MEASURE X DIMENSION INCH Y DIMENSION INCH Media Menu continued The default settings are bold A3 Nobi A3 Wide A3 A4 Short Edge A4 Long E
40. Custom page Size in the Paper Size drop down list 6 Enter the Width and Height for the custom paper and select the Paper Feed Direction NOTE Long Edge First media feeds in long edge first Short Edge First media feeds in short edge first Long Edge First flipped Reserved for future use Short Edge First flipped Reserved for future use 7T Click OK three times 8 Click Print ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 133 Printing custom pages using the PCL driver NOTE Up to 32 custom page sizes can be defined in the PCL driver 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the Print dialog box click the PCL driver on the General tab then click the Preferences button 3 On the Job Options tab under Finisher set the Output Bin to Printer Face Up Printing Preferences Setup Job Options Color Quality Store to HDD PIN Copies 1 2 Folate Scale Quality wo 2 O Normal O Fast C Toner saving Finisher Output Bin Orientation Portrait 180 d O Landscape 180 e C Dean ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 134 4 On the Setup tab under Media select User Defined Size in the Size drop down list t Printing Preferences Setup Job Options Color Media Size Source Automatically Select Paper Feed ptions Finishing Mode Standard N up v 2
41. ES 3037 3037e Setting up 73 CAUTION The Disk Maintenance Menu can be used to initialize the printer s internal hard disk drive to reassign the partition contents or to reformat the partitions Unless you know what you are doing please avoid this section of the Menu It is recommended that disk maintenance be done through the OKI Storage Device Manager software by the System Administrator or by someone who is knowledgeable in this area Disk Maintenance Menu The default settings are bold tem VEUT Description HDD INITIALIZE EXECUTE Partitions hard disk and formats each partition Appears only if hard disk drive is installed PARTITION SIZE nnn mmm Sets usage of hard disk drive XXX partitions nnn Common mmm PCL XXX PS Range for each partition 1 to 98 in 1 increments nnn mmm xxx 100 HDD PCL COMMON PS Formats specified partition FORMATTING ES 3037 3037e Setting up 74 Item X ADJUST Y ADJUST DUPLEX X ADJUST DUPLEX Y ADJUST TRAY 1 A3 NOBI PAPER TRAY 1 LEGAL 14 TRAY 2 A3 NOBI PAPER TRAY 2 LEGAL 14 TRAY 3 A3 NOBI TRAY 3 LEGAL 14 TRAY 4 A3 NOBI TRAY 4 LEGAL 14 TRAY 5 A3 NOBI TRAY 5 LEGAL 14 PCL TRAY 2 ID PCL TRAY 3 ID System adjust menu The default settings are bold Value 0 00 MM Range 0 25 TO 2 0 MM and 2 0 TO 0 25 MM in 0 25 mm increments 0 00 MM Range 0 25 TO 2 0 MM and 2 0 TO 0 25 MM in 0 25 mm increments
42. Enter the text for the watermark and select the font size angle etc to be used Click OK The new watermark appears in the Watermark list 5 If you wish to print the watermark only on the first page of the document select First Page only 6 Click OK twice and print the document ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 378 COLLATING Collating can be carried out with or without a hard disk drive installed However printers with a hard disk drive will provide greater performance Important If your software application has a collate option use it instead of the collate option in the printer driver 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the Print dialog box select the appropriate driver then click Properties or Setup or your application s equivalent 3 Onthe Job Options tab under Job Type enter the number of copies required and only if the application has no collate option select Collate PostScript Driver PCL Driver Advanced Job Options Color Setup Job Options Color r Quality r dob Type 7 Normal C Proof and Print C Seem lore to HDD li Copies id T Melare Scale Job Type Normal C Proof and print E C Fine C Normal C Fast Toner Saving 4 Click OK and print the document ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 379 PROOF AND PRINT Proof and print allows printing of a single cop
43. HIGHLIGHT MID TONE and DARK shadows Color Tuning Patterns To increase the color intensity use a higher positive setting default 0 maximum 3 To decrease the color intensity use a higher negative setting default 0 maximum 3 ES 3037 3037e Setting up 83 For example to adjust the intensity of the magenta portion NOTE When using the Print Job Accounting utility you cannot print when Local Print is set to No printing or No color printing 1 Print the Color Tuning Pattern Color Tuning Pattern Cyan Magenta Yellow Black cuv HIGHLIGHT MEN ee ee MEM 3 3 DARK hd BEC T TESIN EHEHEHE a Make sure letter size paper is loaded in the tray b Press the MENU button repeatedly until COLOR MENU displays c Press the ITEM button repeatedly until COLOR TUNING displays d Press SELECT The Color Tuning Pattern prints ES 3037 3037e Setting up 84 2 Adjust the Magenta highlight color a Press the ITEM button repeatedly until MAGENTA HIGHLIGHT nn displays b Press the VALUE button repeatedly until the new value you wish to use displays e g 3 c Press the SELECT button An asterisk appears at the right of the number 3 Adjust the Magenta mid tone color a Press the ITEM button repeatedly until MAGENTA MID TONE nn
44. Hebrew OC IBM 437 IBM 850 IBM 860 IBM 863 IBM 865 ISO Dutch ISO L1 ISO L2 ISO L5 ISO L6 ISO L9 ISO Swedish1 ISO Swedish2 ISO Swedish3 ISO 2 IRV ISO 4 UK ISO 6 ASC ISO 10 S F ISO 11 Swe ISO 14 JASC ISO 15 Ita ISO 16 Por ISO 17 Spa ISO 21 Ger ISO 25 Fre ISO 57 Chi ISO 60 Nor ISO 61 Nor ISO 69 Fre ISO 84 Por ISO 85 Spa Kamenicky Legal Math 8 MC Text MS Publish PC Ext D N PC Ext US PC Set1 PC Set2 D N PC Set2 US ES 3037 3037e Setting up 65 A4 PRINT WIDTH WHITE PAGE SKIP CR FUNCTION LF FUNCTION PRINT MARGIN TRUE BLACK PEN WIDTH ADJUST PCL emulation continued The default settings are bold 78 column 80 column OFF ON CR CR LF LF LF CR Normal 1 5 inch 1 6 inch OFF ON ON OFF Desenin If you are printing a letter size document on an A4 size sheet select 80 column This condenses the print to fit on the slightly narrower A4 sheet without changing the line breaks Selects whether or not to print pages that contain no data white pages PCL mode Sets functionality on receipt of CR code in PCL mode Sets functionality on receipt of LF code in PCL mode Sets unprintable paper area margin Normal PCL emulation compatible 1 5 inch domestic model emulation 1 6 inch HIPER W emulation PCL Sets whether to use Composite Black CMYK mixed or Pure Black K only for the black 100 in image data OFF Mode using Composite
45. ID Number PIN Enter 4 digits Use numbers 0 9 tees b Typein a four digit personal ID number from 0000 to 7777 then click OK PostScript Driver HIC E General Layout Paper Qualty Job Options Color Overlay PCL Driver ax General Setup Job Options Color p Job Type Job Type C Normal C RE C Proof and Print C Proof and Print Secure Print Secure Print Store to HDD PIN C Store to HDD PIN Copies 10 4 Collate Copies 1 W Collate I ra pg G Fine 4 Enter the number of copies and if required check the Collate box 5 Click Print The document will be stored on the printer s hard disk 6 Go to the printer and print out the document using the front panel see below ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 233 Printing a confidential document from the front panel 1 Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and press the SELECT button 2 Enter the personal ID number you set above using the buttons on the printer control panel 3 Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name is displayed 4 Press the SELECT button The document will print and be deleted from the hard disk drive Deleting the confidential document before printing it 1 Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and press the SELECT button 2 Enter the personal ID number you set above using the buttons on the printer control panel 3
46. Installable Options Available Tray ERSTE Duplex Installed m a lm 4 Click OK and close the Printers and Faxes dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Printer Drivers 94 PCL driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers and Faxes 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 On the Device Option tab select the appropriate number of trays not including the Multi purpose tray General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Device Option m Available Options Available Tray E u Duplex Option Unit Printer Hard Disk Finisher R About 4 Click OK and close the Printers and Faxes dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Printer Drivers 95 For the duplex unit PostScript driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers and Faxes 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 Click the Device Settings tab Under Installable Options click Duplex and select Installed in the drop down list General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Device Settings Device Settings t Form To Tray Assignment EJ ae Font Substitution Table Available PostScript Memory 4886 KB Output Protocol ASCII Send CTRL D Before Each Job No Send CTRL D After Each Job Yes Convert Gray Text to PostScript Gray No Convert Gray Graphics to PostScript Gray No Add Euro Curren
47. Installation Guide for information on installing printer drivers WHICH PRINTER DRIVER TO USE Your printer comes with Windows drivers for PCL and Adobe PostScript PS You can install either of these or both if you wish Which driver you choose depends on your application If you use TrueType fonts and you do not print PostScript including eps files graphics choose the PCL driver This will be more efficient and give good results f you use PostScript fonts or you will be printing PostScript graphics choose the PostScript driver In this situation performance will be faster and graphics will be printed at their best quality NOTE The line art graphics in this manual are PostScript So if you plan to print parts of this manual choose the PostScript driver Otherwise the line art graphics will only print at low resolution If neither driver seems to cover all your needs you should install both drivers select the same printer port LPT1 or Network Port for both drivers during the installation Set the driver you plan to use most of the time to be your Windows default driver Most applications allow you to choose a different printer from within the print dialog so you can print using the alternative driver whenever you need to ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Printer Drivers 171 ENABLING INSTALLED OPTIONS IN THE DRIVERS Certain options such as additional memory the duplexer or additional trays may be i
48. Job Options Color Color Mode f Auto Color Manual Color Monochrome Color Swatch Default ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 116 a Click Manual Color under Color Mode then click Natural under Color Setting Setup Job Options Color Color Mode C Auto Color c Manual Color C Monochrome Color Setting C Auto Natural S Monitor 6500K Perceptual Black Finish C Unadjusted grs C Gloss C Matte r Manual Adjustment Lightness 0 Q Ki ul DIE Saturation 0 Q od Color Swatch Default Cancel Apply Help 4 Select the method you wish to use Monitor 6500k Perceptual Optimized for printing photographs when using a monitor with a color temperature of 6500K Monitor 6500k Vivid Optimized for printing bright colors when using a monitor with a color temperature of 6500K Ideal for office graphics Monitor 9300k Optimized for printing photographs when using a monitor with a color temperature of 9300K Digital Camera Optimized for printing photographs taken with a digital camera This tends to produce prints with lighter and brighter colors For some photographs other settings may be better depending on the subjects and the conditions under which they were taken sRGB Optimized for matching specific colors such as a company logo color The colors within the printer s color gamut are printed ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 117 without any modi
49. Maximum Font Size to Download as Bitmap lt 600 pixel s a au Installable Options Bp Available Tray 2 1 Optional Tray t5 Duplex Installed tb Hard Disk Installed BB Finisher Not Installed t5 Memory Configuration 128 MB Change Available Tray Setting 3 2 Optional Trays 4 High Capacity Feeder 5 High Capacity Feeder 1 Optional Tray Cancel 4 Click OK and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Printer Drivers 327 PCL driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 On the Device Option tab select the appropriate number of trays not including the Multi purpose tray 4 Click OK and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Printer Drivers 328 For the duplex unit PostScript driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 Click the Device Settings tab Under Installable Options make sure that Duplex is set to Installed in the Change Duplex Setting list General Ports Scheduling Sharing Securty Device Settings x Add Euro Currency Symbol to PostScript Fonts No D Job Timeout seconds g Wait Timeout 300 seconds Minimum Font Size to Download as Outline 100 pixel s Maximum Font Size to Download as Bitmap 500 pixel s B a Ins
50. PAGE SKIP CR FUNCTION LINE LENGTH FORM LENGTH TOF POSITION LEFT MARGIN FIT TO LETTER TEXT HEIGHT CONT PAPER MODE Normal Slashed 6 LPI 8 LPI OFF ON CR CR LF 80 COLUMN 136 COLUMN 11 inch 11 7 inch 12 inch 0 0 to 1 0 inch in 0 01 inch increments 0 0 to 1 0 inch in 0 01 inch increments Disable Enable Same Diff Off On Description Sets the zero to be slashed or unslashed Specifies the line spacing Specifies whether or not the printer ejects a blank sheet Not available with duplex operation Sets functionality on receipt of CR code Specifies the number of characters per line Specifies the length of paper Specifies the distance of print from the top edge of the paper Specifies the distance of print from the left hand edge of the paper Sets the printing mode that can fit print data equivalent to 11 inches 66 lines in the LETTER size printable area Sets the height of a character SAME Regardless of CPI same height DIFF As CPI character heights vary Sets edit direction of paper to landscape ES 3037 3037e Setting up 70 Parallel menu The defaults are bold PARALLEL Enable Disable Selects parallel Centronics interface BI DIRECTION Enable Disable Selects bi directional communication ECP Enable Disable Selects ECP mode ACK WIDTH NARROW MEDIUM Sets ACK width for compatible WIDE reception Narrow 0 5 uS Medium 1 0 uS Wide 3
51. PCL Driver 6 Click OK and print the document A print file of the document is created and stored on the hard disk drive and can then be printed on demand or deleted using the procedures given below ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 388 To print the stored document 1 Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and press the SELECT button 2 Enter the personal ID number you selected above using the buttons on the printer control panel 3 Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name is displayed 4 Press the SELECT button to print the document To delete a stored document from the hard disk drive 1 Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and press the SELECT button 2 Enter the personal ID number you selected above using the buttons on the printer control panel 3 Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name is displayed 4 Press the CANCEL button to delete the remaining copies of the document 5 When the deletion confirmation message appears confirm by pressing the SELECT button NOTE An alternative method of printing or deleting the stored document is to use the Oki Storage Device Manager Please refer to the On line Help for the Oki Storage Device Manager software ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 389 PRINTING OVERLAYS What are Overlays An Overlay can be a combination of graphics fonts or text that is stored in
52. PostScript Fonts No Mj Job Timeout 0 seconds ue Wait Timeout 300 seconds g Minimum Font Size to Download as Outline 100 pixel s Maximum Font Size to Download as Bitmap lt 600 pixel s Bg an Installable Options 5 Available Tray 1 Standard t5 Duplex Installed D f Finisher lt Not Installed i5 Memory Configuration 128 MB Change Hard Disk Setting i Not Installed teen 5 Click OK and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Printer Drivers 325 PCL driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 On the Device Option tab click Printer Hard Disk 4 Click OK and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Printer Drivers 326 For additional paper trays PostScript driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 Click the Device Settings tab Under Installable Options click Available Trays then select the appropriate number of trays not including the Multi purpose tray from the Change Available Tray Setting list General Ports Scheduling Sharing Security Device Settings 3 amp Add Euro Currency Symbol to PostScript Fonts No Mj Job Timeout 0 seconds Mj Wait Timeout 300 seconds UN Minimum Font Size to Download as Outline 100 pixels
53. Printing custom pages using the PostScript driver NOTE A maximum of three custom paper sizes can be defined in the PostScript driver 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 Inthe print dialog box click the appropriate PS driver then click Properties or Setup or your application s equivalent 3 Click the Setup tab then select Custom Page 1 Custom Page 2 or Custom Page 3 in the Size drop down list under Media Setup Job Options Color PostScript m Media Sige Custom Size Source J Automatically Select zj Paper Feed Options J p Nup J 1 up z 2 Sided Printings or a JA Unprintable Atea Default ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 285 4 Click Custom Size Custom Size MEI Paper name OEEC EA lh x Units Width 3 00 300 12 92 rigs Lenath 5 00 E 5 00 47 25 C Milimeters I Transverse 7 c wj 5 Type in the name you wish to use for the custom paper size in the Paper name box Enter the width and length for the custom paper and select Transverse if you wish to rotate the image by 90 degrees 6 Click OK 7 Check that the name of the custom paper size appears in the Size box 8 Click OK to close the Properties dialog box 9 Print the document ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 286 Printing custom pages using the PCL driver NOTE Up to 32 custom
54. RECOVERY ON ERROR REPORT OFF LANGUAGE ENGLISH PCL EMULATION MENU Item Factory default setting FONT SOURCE RESIDENT FONT No 1000 FONT PITCH 10 00 CPI FONT HEIGHT 12 00 POINT SYMBOL SET PC 8 A4 PRINT WIDTH 78 COLUMN WHITE PAGE SKIP OFF CR FUNCTUION CR LF FUNCTION LF PRINT MARGIN NORMAL TRUE BLACK OFF PEN WIDTH ADJUST ON ES 3037 3037e Factory Default Settings 476 PPR EMULATION MENU Item Factory default setting CHARACTER PITCH 10 CPI FONT CONDENSE 10 CPI to 12 CPI CHARACTER SET SET 2 SYMBOL SET IBM 437 LETTER 0 STYLE DISABLE ZERO CHARACTER NORMAL LINE PITCH 6 LPI WHITE PAGE SKIP OFF CR FUNCTUION CR LF FUNCTION LF LINE LENGTH 80 COLUMN FORM LENGTH 11 INCH TOF POSITION 0 0 INCH LEFT MARGIN 0 0INCH FIT TO LETTER ENABLE TEXT HEIGHT SAME CONT PAPER MODE OFF ES 3037 3037e Factory Default Settings 477 FX EMULATION MENU Item Factory default setting CHARACTER PITCH 10 CPI CHARACTER SET IBM 457 SYMBOL SET PC 8 LETTER 0 STYLE DISABLE ZERO CHARACTER NORMAL LINE PITCH 6 LPI WHITE PAGE SKIP OFF CR FUNCTUION CR LINE LENGTH 80 COLUMN FORM LENGTH 11 INCH TOF POSITION 0 0 INCH LEFT MARGIN 0 0 INCH FIT TO LETTER ENABLE TEXT HEIGHT SAME CONT PAPER MODE OFF PARALLEL MENU Item Factory default setting PARALLEL enable BI DIRECTION enable ECP enable ACK WIDTH narrow ACK BUSY TIMING ack in busy I PRIME disable OFFLINE RECEIVE DISABLE ES 3037 3037e Factory Default Settings 478 USB MENU
55. Seale 6 Click OK to close the Properties dialog box 7 Print the document It will be stored on the hard disk 8 The document can then be printed or deleted using the procedures given below ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 306 Printing copies 1 Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and press the SELECT button 2 Enter the personal ID number you selected above using the buttons on the printer control panel 3 Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name is displayed 4 Press the SELECT button to print the document Deleting the stored job from the hard disk drive 1 Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and press the SELECT button 2 Enter the personal ID number you selected above using the buttons on the printer control panel 3 Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name is displayed 4 Press the CANCEL button to delete the remaining copies of the document 5 When the deletion confirmation message appears confirm by pressing the SELECT button NOTE An alternative method of printing or deleting the stored document is to use the Oki Storage Device Manager Please refer to the on line Help for the Oki Storage Device Manager software ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 307 PRINTING OVERLAYS What are Overlays An Overlay can be a combination of graphics fonts or text that is stored in the printer s flash m
56. Secure Print C Store to HDD Copies E T late 7 G Quality C Normal 4 Click OK to close the Properties dialog box 5 Print the document ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 296 FONT SUBSTITUTION POSTSCRIPT ONLY 1 Click Start Settings Printer 2 Right click the appropriate PS driver then click Properties or Setup or your application s equivalent 3 Click the Fonts tab and select the type of font substitution from the various options given use the on line Help screen for information PS Properties 2 x Job Options Colour Device Options PostScript General Details Color Management Fonts Setup Do notuse printer fonts Add Euro Currency Symbol to PostScript Fonts Update Soft Fonts Send Fonts As Help Restore Defaults 4 Click OK to engage the new settings and close the Properties dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 297 PROOF AND PRINT Proof and print allows printing of a single copy of a document for checking before printing multiple copies of the same document NOTES The internal hard disk must be installed in the printer and enabled to allow for spooling of the print job before final printing Ifthe hard disk memory is insufficient for the spooled data DISK FULL is displayed and only one copy is printed lf the software application being used has a collate print option it must be turned OFF for
57. Send CTRL D After Each Job Yes Convert Gray Text to PostScript Gray No gt Convert Gray Graphics to PostScript Gray No Add Euro Currency Symbol to PostScript Fonts No Job Timeout 0 seconds Wait Timeout 300 seconds Minimum Font Size to Download as Outline 100 pixels Maximum Font Size to Download as Bitmap 600 pixel s B d Installable Options Available Tray EEGENEN Duplex Installed Hard Disk Installed Finisher Not Installed m in Y 4 Click OK and close the Printers and Faxes dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Printer Drivers 98 PCL driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers and Faxes 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 On the Device Option tab select the number of trays installed 4 or 5 General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Device Option S m Available Options Available Tray m ES Duplex Option Unit Printer Hard Disk Finisher About 4 Click OK and close the Printers and Faxes dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Printer Drivers 99 For the finisher PostScript driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers and Faxes 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 Click the Device Settings tab Under Installable Options click Finisher then select Installed in the drop down list General Sharing Ports Adva
58. TRC compensation is automatic Auto Density adjustment is automatically run under specified conditions and reflected in the TRC compensation Manual Density adjustment is done manually see page 83 If EXECUTE is selected the printer will immediately adjust density and reflect it in the TRC compensation Density adjustment must be executed when the printer is idling It may become invalid if executed in any other state Prints the pattern for the user to manually adjust TRC Ordinarily this function is not needed because TRC is automatically adjusted This function permits TRC adjustment to your requirement by using the adjustment menu of HIGHLIGHT MID TONE and DARK for each of CMYK See page 83 Adjusts HIGHLIGHT light area of Cyan Magenta Yellow or Black TRC Plus indicates adjustment toward a darker level and minus toward lighter Adjusts MID TONE of Cyan Magenta Yellow or Black TRC Plus indicates adjustment toward a darker level and minus toward lighter Adjusts DARK of Cyan Magenta Yellow or Black TRC Plus indicates adjustment toward a darker level and minus toward lighter ES 3037 3037e Setting up 59 Color Menu continued The default settings are bold LENNON CNN NN CYAN MAGENTA 0 14 2 3 4 3 2 1 Adjusts Cyan Magenta Yellow or YELLOW OR Black engine density BLACK The Darkness settings for each of DARKNESS CMYK will be reflected as offset values additions to the corrections
59. Tabloid memory 16 ppm color 20 ppm mono ES 3037e 1200 dpi Letter Standard Standard 320Mb Standard 30 ppm color 37 ppm mono Tabloid 16 ppm color 20 ppm mono ES 3037 3037e Introduction 15 FEATURES Single pass digital technology for high quality speed and reliability Duplex printing for fast reliable two sided output standard on ES 3037e optional on ES 3037 High capacity 10Gb hard disk drive standard on ES 3037e optional on ES 3037 Versatile paper handling Standard 550 sheet 20 Ib paper paper tray Standard 100 sheet 20 Ib paper multi purpose tray for paper card stock envelopes labels etc Optional 550 sheet paper trays up to two can be added to expand the paper capacity to 1690 sheets Optional High Capacity Feeder mounted on casters with three 550 sheet trays expanding printer capacity by 1650 sheets approx Flexible interfaces with automatic switching USB High speed bi directional parallel IEEE 1284 Industry standard network connectivity via internal network interface card Environmentally friendly the advanced power save mode minimizes power consumption and the separate toner and drum design cuts down on waste ES 3037 3037e Introduction 16 Automatic color balance adjustment in order to ensure consistent output at all times the machine automatically performs a color check when the machine is switched on when the top cover is open
60. Windows Me Operating System not available for Windows 98 or 95 Available in the PCL printer driver only but not on some network connections see the Help file Some software applications may not support booklet printing The right to left setting allows a booklet to be printed for right to left reading which is used in some languages 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the print dialog box click the appropriate PCL driver then click Properties or Setup or your application s equivalent 3 On the Setup tab under Finishing Mode select Booklet in the drop down box Letter 85 x 11in Automatically Select ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 292 4 Click Options and set Signature 2Pages Right to Left and Bind Margin as required then click OK 5 Click OK to close the Properties dialog box 6 Print the document ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 293 PRINTING WATERMARKS 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the print dialog box click the appropriate PCL driver then click Properties or Setup or your application s equivalent 3 Click the Job Options tab then click Watermark The Watermark dialog box appears 4 Select a name from the Watermark list Watermark CONFIDENTIAL New Bemove Edit First Page only Cancel Hep Defaut ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation
61. a flat surface away from light CAUTION To avoid damage to the drums Becareful to place the drums on a flat surface so that nothing contacts the shiny green surface in the bottom of the drum Keep the image drums away from light ES 3037 3037e Windows Troubleshooting 426 b Carefully remove any jammed paper from the transfer belt and top paper exit c Open the right side cover and remove any jammed paper then close the right side cover d Putall four image drums back into the printer ES 3037 3037e Windows Troubleshooting 427 4 Checkthe straight through exit paper tray remove any jammed paper from the side exit tray if necessary open the tray and remove any jammed paper then close it ES 3037 3037e Windows Troubleshooting 428 5 Checkthe fuser unit WARNING The fuser unit is very hot after printing Always use the handle when lifting it a Release the fuser roller lock levers at either end of the fuser and slowly remove the jammed paper ES 3037 3037e Windows Troubleshooting 429 6 Check the paper separator a Release and lift the separator 1 ES 3037 3037e Windows Troubleshooting 430 7 Checkthe duplex unit a Open the small front cover and pull on the blue handle to slide the duplex unit and paper tray out C Close the duplex top cover and slide the duplex unit paper tray back into the printer d Close the small front cov
62. appears b Press the VALUE button repeatedly until the new value you wish to use displays e g 3 c Press the SELECT button An asterisk appears at the right of the number 4 Adjust the Magenta dark color a Press the ITEM button repeatedly until MAGENTA DARK nn displays b Press the VALUE button repeatedly until the new value you wish to use displays e g 3 c Press the SELECT button An asterisk appears at the right of the number b Press the ON LINE button to save the new setting and return the printer to online status 6 Print from your application Repeat the above steps until you get the desired magenta color intensity NOTE To adjust these settings for the Cyan Yellow or Black color intensity substitute the appropriate color name in the steps above ES 3037 3037e Setting up 85 SWITCHING OFF In normal circumstances the power save facility should be used to avoid having to switch the printer off However if you do wish to switch the printer off manually please carry out the following procedure Ready Item MTS Attention OAE CAUTION NEVER turn the printer off while it is printing If the optional hard disk has been installed The following procedure MUST BE FOLLOWED before turning off to protect any data that is stored on the hard disk It is recommended that you follow this shutdown procedure each time the printer is switched off for any reason After switching th
63. ch et te el acta E assai bees ka 471 Factory Default Settings Lsuuusluuues 473 Print MENU uve AR PEE wae MES Sees eee SG eee OE E 473 Media Menu se ccf ane Bae e Ree nent ele te 474 Color Menus oer RR hes Late Ba E ae 475 System Config menu 00 0 0 476 PCL Emulation menu 0 0 eee eee eh 476 PPR Emulation menu 0 0 eee eee eee 477 FX Emulation menu 0 0 cee eee eens 478 Parallel m nu 5 2 eg fg aha RE Rr eR Ree ES 478 USB menu cu oce eIiPeei eie he Cb Sashes M RE 479 Network menu 0 0 0 eee eee eee en ene nee 479 Memory menus pectic tik foodie bes Ee MU SES 479 System Adjust menu 2 0 02 ee eee eee 480 Maintenance menu l l n 481 Usage menu fas iced ses RSnE ee ee eEeE EET 481 Software Utilities 00 cece ee eee eee 482 Overview x Leere done Ses Ga dak CENA DA UR EL CRY 482 Color Swatch Utihty 4 i welvdeeiksmhI kee sw Ae ae SE 483 Color Swatch Samples 0 000 002 eee ee eee 483 Loading the Utility 0 0 2 2 eee eee 483 Selecting Colors o p e wes Ge ae I CER 484 Color Samples z reet ele E R D ELE SER 484 Color Values i cure ee xU EE ER ee 484 Creating Custom Swatch Colors 0 000 00005 485 PDF Direct Print Utility leen 486 Starting 2o so ae ears pede is SWS he Reh ETIN 487 PDF Version Check 0 0 0 c cece eee ee eee eee nee 489 Storage Device Manager for Windows
64. compared to how they look under standard office fluorescent lighting Printer driver color settings The driver settings for Manual color can change the appearance of a document There are several options available to help match the printed colors with those displayed on screen These options are explained in subsequent sections of this User Manual Monitor settings The brightness and contrast controls on your monitor can change how your document looks on screen Additionally your monitor color temperature influences how warm or cool the colors look NOTE Several of the Color Matching options make reference to your monitor s Color Temperature Many modern monitors allow the color temperature to be adjusted using the monitor s control panel There are several settings found on a typical monitor e 5000k Warmest yellowish lighting typically used in graphics arts environments 6500k Cooler approximates daylight conditions e 9300k Cool the default setting for many monitors and television sets k degrees Kelvin a measurement of temperature ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 264 How your software application displays color Some graphics applications such as CorelDRAW or Adobe Photoshop may display color differently from office applications such as Microsoft Word Please see your application s online help or user manual for more information Paper type The type of paper used can also signi
65. directly cable or USB hub is being used Printer driver output port is Set correct output port to which the printer interface incorrect cable is connected Printer is not selected in the Select the printer or set to default printer printer driver Incorrect printer driver is Delete this printer driver and install correct printer being used driver ES 3037 3037e Windows Troubleshooting 437 Application error or general protection fault is displayed Application is not suitable for Windows Upgrade the application version Memory is insufficient for number of Close all other applications applications running Print file is corrupted Correct or recreate the file Memory is insufficient for application Increase computer s memory Insufficient free space on hard disk Delete unnecessary files Printer driver is incorrectly configured Correctly configure printer driver Printing is slow Print processing is carried outby Use a computer with a faster processor the computer Set lower print resolution in the printer driver Data is too complex Simplify data Printer requests paper size change to continue printing Paper loaded in tray is Either change paper in tray to match size formatted in different size from that application and press ONLINE to continue or continue formatted in software printing on existing paper by pressing ONLINE application ES 3037 3037e Windows Troubleshooting 438 PROBLEMS WITH PO
66. gt lt B 180 0 180 Trim O None Circle OAE Watermark Adjustment Double Frame x Y Position Center Enter the text for the watermark and select the font size angle etc to be used e Click OK The new watermark appears in the Watermark list If you wish to print the watermark only on the first page of the document select First Page only 6 Click OK twice 7 Click Print ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 145 COLLATING Collating can be carried out with or without a hard disk drive installed However printers with a hard disk drive will provide greater performance Important If your software application has a collate option use it instead of the collate option in the printer driver Izx 1 The following instructions explain how to select collating using the printer driver 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the Print dialog box click the appropriate driver on the General tab then click the Preferences button 3 Onthe Job Options tab under Job Type enter the number of copies required and only if the application has no collate option select Collate PostScript Driver PCL Driver L3 Printing Preferences E Printing Preferences Layout Paper Quality Job Options Color Overlay Setup Job Options Color Quali
67. mail alerts of events affecting device functionality Generates reports on screen or in XHTML Excel and XML formats plus Text and CSV formats Integrates with Oki Data s on line web support ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 532 Types of Users Guest users without username can get basic information about devices such as type status and location of printing devices Standard users in addition to guest user information standard users can get information about printing resources configure e mail alerts and get basic statistics reports Administrators can manage devices maps alerts user accounts maintenance data and create comprehensive statistics reports Typical usage scenarios The network administrator in a large organization can get customized daily reports of the status of all printers including usage reports User accounts can be configured so that a person in each department can manage their local printers The system can be set to alert the local user and the administrator of problems The administrator can log into the PrintSuperVision system from any client machine and manage printers on different sites looking at a map view to see instantly the status of all the printers The administrator can keep a close track of the cost of the printers including tracking maintenance PrintSuperVision also provides a consumables prediction facility to advise when consumable will need replacing based on current
68. manual feed No Tray Switch On Media Check On Page Rotate Normal ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 214 6 Click the Edit Custom Page Size button axi Custom Page Size Dimensions k Width E 3 00 1281 P Inch Millimeter Height i00 5 00 47 24 PEE Paper Feed Direction Short Edge First 7 Paper Type Cut Sheet RollFeed Offsets Relative to Paper Feed Direction Perpendicular Direction fo oo 0 00 0 00 Parallel Direction fo 00 0 00 0 00 OK Cancel Restore Defaults 7 Enter the width and height for the custom paper and select the Paper Feed Direction NOTE Long Edge First media feeds in long edge first Short Edge First media feeds in short edge first Long Edge First flipped Reserved for future use Short Edge First flipped Reserved for future use 8 Click OK twice 9 Click Print ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 215 Printing custom pages using the PCL driver NOTE Up to 32 custom page sizes can be defined in the PCL driver 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the Print dialog box click the PCL driver on the General tab then click the Setup tab 3 Under Media select User Defined in the Size drop down box General Setup Job Options Color m Media Size User Defined Size 215 9 x 24 Source ria 7 Weight Printer Setting z Paper Feed Options m Finish
69. of the print job before final printing fthe hard disk memory is insufficient for the spooled data DISK FULL is displayed and only one copy printed e If the software application being used has a collate print option this must be turned OFF for store to hard disk to operate correctly Store to hard disk may not be available in some software applications 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the print dialog box click the appropriate driver then click Properties or Setup or your application s equivalent 3 Click the Job Options tab ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 305 4 Onthe Job Options tab a Under Job Type select Store to HDD enter the number of required copies and if required check the Collate box b Enter a job name of up to 16 characters under Job Name Setting and if required select Request Job Name for each print job Job Name Settings Job Name esl IV Request Job Name for each print job Personal ID Number PIN Enter 4 digits Use numbers 0 9 Cancel 5 Type a four digit personal ID number from 0000 to 7777 then click OK PostScript Driver PCL Driver Setup Job Options Color PostScript Setup Job Options Color Job Type Job Type Normal C Normal C Proof and Print C Proof and Print C Secure Print G Store to HDD PIN PIN Copies 1 zj T Collate Copies ft I Collate p Scale
70. on the color swatch If this is the case it is probably due to the difference between how your monitor and printer reproduce color ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 272 COLOR MATCHING POSTSCRIPT DRIVER Color Matching Options The PostScript driver offers several different methods of controlling the color output of the printer Some of the color matching options only work on certain types of data The table below summarizes the various color matching options available in the PostScript driver and what types of data they affect Color Matching Option RGB data Oki Color Matching Yes PostScript Color Matching Yes Windows ICM Matching Yes Using ICC Profiles Yes a Not Windows NT 4 0 CMYK data No Yes No No ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 273 To manually set the color matching options in the PostScript driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the printer name and click File Properties 3 Click the Color tab ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 274 4 Select the method to use from the Color Control drop down list box under Color Mode a 9 920 5 Color Control OKI Color Matching Color Control PostScript Color Matching Color Control Windows ICM Color Control Using ICC Profiles Color Control No Color Matching Color Control Print in greyscale ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 275 a Color Control OKI Color Matching
71. options in the PCL driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Right click the appropriate printer name and click Printing Preferences 3 Click the Color tab Setup Job Options Coler Color Mode Auto Color C Manual Color C Monochrome Color Swatch Default Cancel Apply Help a Click Manual Color under Color Mode then click Natural under Color Setting Setup Job Options Color p Color Mode C Auto Color Manual Color C Monochrome r Color Setting C Auto Natural C Unadjusted Manual Adjustment Lightness 0 O a i pes Saturation O a o Color Swatch Default ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 198 4 Select the method you wish to use Monitor 6500k Perceptual Optimized for printing photographs when using a monitor with a color temperature of 6500K Monitor 6500k Vivid Optimized for printing bright colors when using a monitor with a color temperature of 6500K Ideal for office graphics Monitor 9300k Optimized for printing photographs when using a monitor with a color temperature of 9300K Digital Camera Optimized for printing photographs taken with a digital camera This tends to produce prints with lighter and brighter colors For some photographs other settings may be better depending on the subjects and the conditions under which they were taken sRGB Optimized for matching specific colors
72. or Volume 2 flash memory e PostScript Forms are under Volume amp disk0 6 internal hard drive or flashO flash memory 4 Click Printers Delete File s 5 Click Yes to confirm the deletion 6 Close the dialog box ES 3037 30376 Software Utilities 510 Using Overlays Before overlays can be printed they must be created in a software application and saved as a print file then downloaded to the printer s internal hard disk drive or flash memory using Storage Device Manager General Information To use overlays the Oki Storage Device Manager software must be installed It is recommended that the printer be equipped with the hard disk drive standard on all Oki dxn models You can save logos letterheads etc as overlays onthe printer s internal hard disk drive Maximum available space 2 MB each for PCL Macros and PostScript Forms or inthe printer s flash memory Available space limited to about 0 5 MB each for PCL Macros and PostScript Forms You can then add one or any combination of overlays to a file as it is being printed ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 511 Use overlays in place of pre printed stationery to add your logo or company address to a document tocreate forms from pre stored modular pieces Important When the hard disk drive is installed you must use the Shutdown Menu before turning the printer off Overlay elements must be created in the software applica tio
73. overlay open in your application program choose File then Print 2 Ensure that the Print To File option is switched on in your application s Print dialog box 3 Depending on the application you may need to select your OKI printer model and then click the Preferences button This should open the printer driver settings Important Please ensure that you are using the Oki PCL driver to do this 4 Choose all of the printer driver settings with which you would like your overlay to print 5 Try to keep the overlay to a single sheet Don t use N up duplex finisher options etc when creating an overlay These can be added when printing the document that includes the overlay 6 Click OK to close the Printing Preferences dialog box 7 Click Print Instead of sending the print job to the printer this prompts you to save the print job on your PC s hard disk Give the file a meaningful name such as my template prn ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 158 PostScript 1 With the file to be stored as an overlay open in your application program choose File then Print 2 Ensure that the Print To File option is switched on in your application s Print dialog box 3 Depending on the application you may need to select your OKI printer model and then click Properties This should open the printer driver settings Select the Job Options tab and click the Overlays button Choose Create Form from the menu
74. print job Personal ID Number PIN Enter 4 digits Use numbers 0 9 Cancel c Type ina four digit personal ID number from 0000 to 7777 then click OK 4 Click Print The document is stored on the hard disk drive and one copy is printed for checking 5 After checking the proof print or delete if incorrect the remaining copies of the document using the procedures given below ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 230 Printing copies 1 Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU then press the SELECT button 2 Enter your personal ID number using the buttons on the printer control panel 3 Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name is displayed 4 Press the SELECT button to print the remaining copies of the document Deleting copies If the proof is not ready for printing the job must be deleted from the printer 1 Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and press the SELECT button 2 Enter your personal ID number using the buttons on the printer control panel 3 Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name is displayed 4 Press the CANCEL button to delete the remaining copies of the document 5 When the deletion confirmation message appears confirm by pressing the SELECT button NOTE An alternative method of printing or deleting the remaining copies of the document is to use the Oki Storage Device Manager Please
75. proof and print to operate correctly Proof and print may not be available in some software applications o s M 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the print dialog box click the appropriate driver then click Properties or Setup or your application s equivalent 3 Click the Job Options tab enter the number of copies and if required select Collate PostScript Driver PCL Driver Setup Job Options Color PostScript Setup Job Options Color ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 298 Under Job Type select Proof and Print b Enter a job name of up to 16 characters under Job Name Setting and if required select Request Job Name for each print job Job Name Settings Job Name esl IV Request Job Name for each print job Personal ID Number PIN Enter 4 digits Use numbers 0 9 Cancel c Typein a four digit personal ID number from 0000 to 7777 then click OK 4 Click OK to close the Properties dialog box 5 Print the document The document is stored on the hard disk drive and one copy is printed for checking After checking the proof you then print or delete if incorrect the remaining copies of the document using the procedures given below ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 299 Printing copies 1 Press the MENU butt
76. refer to the On line help for Oki Storage Device Manager ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 231 SECURE PRINTING PRINTING CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS Secure printing or printing with passwords allows the printing of confidential documents on printers that are shared with other users NOTE The internal hard disk must be installed in the printer and enabled to allow for spooling of the print job before final printing fthe hard disk memory is insufficient for the spooled data DISK FULL is displayed and only one copy printed e f the software application being used has a collate print option this must be turned OFF for secure printing to operate correctly Secure printing may not be available in some software applications F 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the Print dialog box click the appropriate driver on the General tab then click the Job Options tab 3 Under Job Type select Secure Print NOTE If you have already stored a Secure Print document on the hard disk drive and have not yet printed it click the PIN button and enter a new name for the current document ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 232 a Enter a job name of up to 16 characters under Job Name and if required select Request Job Name for each print job Job Name Settings 4 Job Name resi Iv Request Job Name for each print job Personal
77. set up ICC profiles 1 Click Start Settings Printers and Faxes 2 Right click the printer name and click Printing Preferences 3 4 Click the Color tab Under Color mode select Using ICC Profile in the Color Control Method drop down list Layout Paper Guality Job Options Color Overlay Color mode 1 Color Control Method Using ICC Profile ICC Profile Setting Name E New Advanced Default ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 127 Click the New button ICC profile setting r Select ICC profile Input profile sRGB IEC61365 2 1 Browse Output profile Browse Rendering Intent Comment Perceptual Saturation C Relative Colorimetric Absolute Colorimetric Setting Name Color data1 Cancel Select the Input profile and Output profile in the drop down lists under Select ICC profile Select the desired Rendering Intent and type in a name for the profile and click OK The new name will appear in the Setting Name drop down list under ICC Profile Setting 8 Repeat steps 5 7 for each ICC profile you wish to define 9 Click OK and close the Printers and Faxes dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 128 WINDOWS ICM COLOR MATCHING ICM is the color management system built into Windows Affects RGB data only Can be associated with either the PCL or PS driver Windows ICM uses ICC profiles for your monitor and printer these profiles descri
78. several hours If this does not Work replace the image drum Faint shading on unprinted sections Possible cause Remedy Paper has been affected by Store paper within specified temperature and humidity static electricity levels Paper is too thick Use recommended paper Toner is low Change toner cartridge Blurred letter edges LED is dirty Clean LED with lens cleaner or soft tissue Cannot print desired color Replace toner cartridge because toner is low Black formation method doesnot Open the printer driver and set black formation to match application CMYK ES 3037 3037e Windows Troubleshooting 440 MISCELLANEOUS PROBLEMS The power is on but the printer does not go online Bad connection Switch off the printer and disconnect the power cable Reconnect power cable and switch the printer on If this does not clear the fault call for service Print processing does not start Printer error Check the control panel If an error message is displayed correct the problem Print processing cancels The printer interface cable is faulty Replace the printer interface cable The time out setting is too short Reset the time out to a higher value Printer makes a strange noise The printer is not horizontal Place the printer on a stable level surface There are scraps of paper or other Check the inside of the printer and remove any foreign matter inside the printer such objects The top cover is not firmly
79. shut Press the left and right sides of the top cover ES 3037 3037e Windows Troubleshooting 441 An asterisk symbol appears on the display repeatedly moving across the first line then the second The main board is not Turn the printer off then reseat the main board and turn properly seated in the the printer back on again printer It takes a long time to start printing In the printer menu settings set power save to The printer has to warm up returning from power save mode a higher value to increase the length of time before entering power save mode The image drum carries out a Wait until this process has been completed cleaning process to ensure print quality which takes time The fuser unit adjusts temperature Wait until this process has been completed which takes time The printer is processing data from Wait until this data is processed another interface ES 3037 3037e Windows Troubleshooting 442 Accessories INTRODUCTION Depending on the configuration of your printer you may wish to add one or more of the following options as your needs evolve Additional Memory see page 444 Hard Disk Drive HDD see page 448 Duplex Unit see page 451 Paper Trays see page 456 High Capacity Feeder HCF see page 460 Finisher see page 464 For all but the finisher which is described in a separate manual details of their physical installation are provided in this section ES
80. such as a company logo color The colors within the printer s color gamut are printed without any modification and only colors that fall outside the printable colors are modified 5 Set any other required parameters using the on line Help for guidance 6 When you are done click OK and close the Printing Preferences dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 199 The Print Color Swatch Utility For use with applications which allow you to set your own RGB values for colors The Color Swatch utility prints out charts of sample colors Listed below each color are the corresponding RGB Red Green Blue values to use in your application to match that printed color An example of using the Print Color Swatch function You wish to print a logo in a particular shade of red The steps you would follow are 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Right click the printer name and click Printing Preferences 3 Click the Color tab 4 Click the Color Swatch button to print the color swatch samples 5 Select the shade of red that best suits your needs and make a note of the RGB value below that particular shade 6 Using your program s color picker enter these same RGB values from step 5 and change the logo to that color NOTE The RGB color displayed on your monitor may not necessarily match what was printed on the color swatch If this is the case it is probably due to the difference between how your mon
81. the MEDIA MENU as Tray2 Tray3 8 In the printer driver s change the settings to include the new trays For Windows XP see page 94 For Windows 2000 see page 176 For Windows Me 98 95 PostScript driver only see page 256 For Windows NT 4 0 see page 327 ES 3037 3037e Accessories 459 HIGH CAPACITY FEEDER HCF The high capacity feeder consists of three paper trays together as one unit mounted on casters Each tray holds approximately 550 sheets depending on paper weight increasing the total printer capacity to about 2200 sheets This high capacity feeder can be combined with one additional paper tray to give a maximum printer capacity of 2750 sheets NOTE The high capacity feeder cannot be used with more than one additional paper trays Installing the high capacity feeder 1 Switch off the printer and disconnect the power cable and printer interface cable WARNING The printer weighs 160 Ibs 72 kg without the duplex unit 172 Ibs 78 kg with the duplex unit installed dxn models Three 3 people are required to lift the printer safely ES 3037 3037e Accessories 460 NOTE If installing the high capacity feeder and one additional paper tray putthe high capacity feeder and additional paper tray together as one unit first then install the printer on top 2 Lower the printer gently on to the high capacity feeder aligning the holes and connection socket on the base of
82. the VALUE button to change the setting to ON then press SELECT Press ONLINE to place the printer back online ES 3037 3037e Accessories 463 FINISHER The Finisher allows you to staple punch and offset the printed documents emerging from your printer The accessories available are Finisher with 2 hole punching Finisher with 4 hole punching Finisher Interface Kit Finisher Stand For full details refer to the Finisher User s Guide ES 3037 3037e Accessories 464 Specifications Print method Resolution Colors Processor speed Memory HDD Emulations Operating platforms Internal fonts Time to Print Start Parallel Interface LED exposed light source electronic photographic memory ES 3037 600x1200 dpi ES 3037e 1200x1200 dpi Cyan magenta yellow black CMYK ES 3037 450 MHz ES 3037e 600 MHz ES 3037 128 MB standard Extra memory may be required with Duplex unit ES 3037e 320 MB standard Up to 1 Gb max with optional memory modules Capacity 10 MB PostScript3 PCL5c Epson FX and IBM ProPrinter dot matrix emulations Windows XP 2000 Me 98 95 NT 4 0 MacOS 8 6 9 x Mac OS X 10 1 and above Classic PostScript 3 PCL5c fonts First print time 10 secs black First print time 11 5 secs color Warm up time 160 secs Designation EEE 1284 Connection 36 pin IEEE 1284 compliant Required cable Standard bi directional IEEE 1284 compatible cable of
83. the file in ID Values Please refer to the instructions for the Storage Device Manager utility 8 Select which pages the overlay is to be printed on from Print on Pages or use Custom Pages to select specific page numbers in the document then click Add 9 Click Close 10 Highlight the overlay name under Defined Overlay and click the Add button to add the overlay to the list in Active Overlays ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 249 11 Select Print Using Active Overlays 12 Click OK 13 Click OK to close the Printing Preferences dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 250 PRINTING POSTERS PCL DRIVER ONLY This option allows you to configure and print posters by breaking up the document page into multiple pieces which print enlarged on separate sheets Then the separate sheets are combined to produce a poster It is only available with the PCL printer driver 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the Print dialog box click the PCL driver on the General tab then click the Setup tab 3 Under Finishing Mode select Poster Print Printing Preferences Setup Job Options Color Meta Size Letter 8 5 x Tlin E S Source Automatically Select v Paper Feed Options Finishing Mode Driver Settings Untitled Remo Letter 8 5 x 1Tin OK Cancel Help 4 Click Options and enter the configuration details PosterPrint
84. the printer with the pins and connector plug on the high capacity feeder ES 3037 3037e Accessories 461 3 Load paper in each tray using the same procedure you use for loading paper in Tray 1 4 Fold the tray media size identifier sheets supplied with the High Capacity Feeder to expose the appropriate media size then insert them in the holder at the right end of each tray p 5 Place the appropriate self adhesive tray number identifier labels supplied with the High Capacity Feeder on the lower rectangle at the right side of each tray 6 Connect the printer interface cable and power cable then switch on the printer ES 3037 3037e Accessories 462 7 Print a MenuMap see Printing the MenuMap on page 44 and check that the newly added trays Tray2 3 and 4 if only the HCF is installed or Tray3 4 and 5 if the optional tray is also installed appear under the MEDIA MENU 8 In the printer driver s change the settings to include the newly added high capacity feeder trays For Windows XP see page 98 For Windows 2000 see page 180 For Windows Me 98 95 PostScript driver only see page 258 For Windows NT 4 0 see page 331 NOTE To engage the printer s Automatic Tray Switching feature Press the MENU button until the PRINT MENU is displayed and press the SELECT button Press the ITEM button until AUTO TRAY SWITCH is displayed Press
85. used DIMMO is displayed only when font DIMM ROM exists in the slot Downloaded only appears if fonts have been downloaded to the printer FONT NO 1000 C001 S001 Sets the PCL font number internal resident font 1000 Courier C Font stored in the printer s Flash memory S downloaded soft font stored on the printer s internal hard disk drive Applies only to printers with a hard disk drive installed FONT PITCH 0 44 cpi to 99 99 cpi in 0 01 Sets the font width in characters cpi increments per inch Only displayed if the font Default 10 00 cpi is a fixed spacing outline font FONT HEIGHT 4 00 to 999 75 point in 0 25 Sets the font point size Applies point increments only to fixed fonts does not apply Default 12 00 point to proportional fonts ES 3037 3037e Setting up 64 PCL emulation continued The default settings are bold LEN CREE NN NN SYMBOL SET PC 8 PC 8 Dan Nor PC 8 Selects a PCL character symbol TK PC 775 PC 850 PC set 852 PC 855 PC 857 TK PC 858 PC 866 PC 869 PC 1004 Pi Font Plska Mazvia PS Math PS Text Roman 8 Roman 9 Roman Ext Serbo Croat1 Serbo Croat2 Spanish Ukrainian VN Int l VN Math VN US Win 3 0 Win 3 1 Blt Win 3 1 Cyr Win 3 1 Grk Win 3 1 Heb Win 3 1 L1 Win 3 1 L2 Win 3 1 L5 Wingdings Dingbats MS Symbol OCR A OCR B HP ZIP USPSFIM USPSSTP USPSZIP Bulgarian CWI Hung DeskTop German Greek 437 Greek 437 Oy Greek 928 Hebrew NC
86. using the PCL driver 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 Inthe Print dialog box click the PCL driver on the General tab then click the Preferences button 3 Onthe Setup tab under Finishing Mode select Booklet in the drop down list Printing Preferences Setup Job Options Color Media Size Letter 85x 11in Source Automatically Select Paper Feed Options Finishing Mode zs 1 v Driver Settings Untitled Remove Letter 8 5 x 11in 4 Click the Options button then set the Signature 2pages etc see the on line Help for information and click OK Options Signature No Limit 2pages Right to Left Bind Margin 0 00 OK Cancel 5 Click OK the click Print ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 143 PRINTING WATERMARKS PCL DRIVER ONLY Open the file in your application and select File Print In the Print dialog box click the PCL driver on the General tab then click the Preferences button 3 Onthe Job Options tab click Watermark 4 Select a name from the Watermark list Watermark Watermark None COPY DRAFT New J Remove J Edit J C First Page only DK Cancel Help Default ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 144 NOTE To create a new watermark or edit an existing watermark Click the New or Edit button Watermark
87. watermarks PCL driver only 226 Collating ive Ra Recte thee 228 ES 3037 3037e Windows Contents 6 Proof and print recedere eee eee Raa Ge aea eae atn 229 Printing COPIES ieas Lr Bel w OPS aay ts AS 231 Deleting copies sere cael ae eee eee A EN 231 Secure printing printing confidential documents 0005 232 Printing a confidential document from the front panel 234 Deleting the confidential document before printing it 234 Storeto hard disk Gai 8 Viet REC RERUM 235 To print the stored document 0 000 000 236 To delete a stored job from the hard disk drive 237 Printing overlays 5s cce sae ease eae eens 238 What are Overlays estae sa E E ee ee eee 238 An example of using Overlays 0 00008 238 Torcreate overlaysh sc da vein ag Kaede XEM 239 Creating documents to use as overlays 4 240 Downloading the print file to use as an overlay 242 Defining Overlays PostScript sess 244 Defining Overlays PCL 0 00 0 eee 248 Printing posters PCL driver only 0008 251 Windows Me 98 95 cece eee nnn nmn 252 Printer Dryers ovile re D Re RN Se 252 Which printer driver to use 6 2 eee eese 252 Enabling Installed options in the drivers 253 For additional memory slsseeeeeee essen 253 For the internal hard disk drive
88. with communications to computer Data has been received but processing has not started yet Un printed data remains in buffer Waiting for data to follow Error with hard disk operations Hard disk flash memory full The internal hard drive is full Call for service Indicates which paper tray is empty A PostScript error has occurred Call for service Fuser unit is missing Additional memory is required before job can be printed Install a new image drum Color will be indicated Install a new toner cartridge Color will be indicated Install the paper cassette Paper tray will be indicated Data is incorrect Load correct paper size type Size type will be indicated Paper type set via menu does not match that sent via driver Network error Shows off line status Shows on line status Open the upper cover Indicates there is a paper jam Indicates wrong paper size Printer must be switched off after disk flash initialization The printer is in power save mode Data is being printed Data is being processed ES 3037 3037e Windows Troubleshooting 423 LCD Message RAM CHECK REGISTRATION ADJUST TEST REGISTRATION ERROR REMOVE THE PAPER RS232C FRAMING ERROR RS232C OVERFLOW ERROR RS232C OVERRUN ERROR RS232C PARITY ERROR SERVICE CALL SHUTDOWN SIZE MISMATCH STACKER FULL UNSUITABLE SIZE USB I F ERROR WARMING UP Meaning RAM is being checked after switching printer on Regi
89. your monitor and printer reproduce color ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 351 COLOR MATCHING POSTSCRIPT DRIVER Color Matching Options The PostScript driver offers several different methods of controlling the color output of the printer To manually set the color matching options in the PostScript driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Right click the printer name and click Document Defaults 3 Click the Color tab m Color Mode Color Control Color Matching Color Simulation oe z r Color Setting gt Black Finish Monitor 6500K Auto Auto n C Glossy User Settir cial C Matte ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 352 4 Select the method to use from the Color Control Method drop down list under Color Mode a Color Control OKI Color Matching see page 354 b Color Control PostScript Color Matching see page 356 Color Control No Color Matching see page 358 Color Control Print in Grayscale see page 358 ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 353 a Color Control OKI Color Matching This is OKI s proprietary color matching system and affects RGB data only Select the type to be used from the drop down list under Color Setting Advanced Job Options Color r Color Mode Color Control Color Matching Color Simulation None hd m Color Setting
90. 0 output is not always enabled Selecting ENABLE will allow 100 output In actual printing the TRC values too are controlled by Color Matching This function is used for special purposes for example to specify the color for CMYK color space in PS ES 3037 3037e Setting up 61 fen ae POWER SAVE DELAY TIME PERSONALITY USB PS PROTOCOL NETWORK PS PROTOCOL CLEARABLE WARNING AUTO CONTINUE MANUAL TIMEOUT WAIT TIMEOUT System configuration menu The default settings are bold 5 min 15 min 30 min 60 min 240 min Auto emulation PCL IBM PPR III XL Epson FX AdobePostScrip ASCII RAW ASCII RAW ON Job On Off 60 sec 30 sec Off Off 5 sec to 300 sec default 40 sec Description Sets the time before printer enters power save mode Selects the printer emulation language Note the only printer languages that can be selected are those enabled in the Personality section of the Maintenance menu Specifies PostScript PS communication protocol mode of data from USB In RAW mode Ctrl T is invalid Specifies PS communication protocol mode of data from OkiLAN 6200e Plus In RAW mode Ctrl T is invalid PCL emulation Sets the time before deleting error messages If On press Error Delete switch to display error If Job error remains displayed until next print job is received PS emulation Error messages are only shown during job regardless of setting Sets
91. 0 0 ee ene 44 Media Settings LEE Ve ale Beene rd eres 45 Media recommendations 0 0 0 eee eee eee 48 Papers kets ee dion ee a ewe ee ned Me NI ee 48 Envelopes io ss corr RU uERURU CLERI ED RM ERN EEG 49 Labels A EE NEM eU Sese IER CR E E 49 Paper feed and exit llle 50 Paper S1268 5o nV de ettet e op te d Ur E 50 Paper weights and media settings 00 51 Printer settings usos Ue baut bes 52 Confirming current settings eee 52 List of menu settings 00 0 2 eee eee eA 53 List of administrator menu settings 0 000 80 Setting color tuning from the front panel 83 Switching off aia cece Sowa eaves MEA doe eRe ER RUE et 86 Interfaces 4 v DIVA Ret hts Rey EE ae 87 ES 3037 3037e Windows Contents 3 Windows XP 22 n a Lol ID eee I VAI at 89 Printer Diversey ob eek eG wai OE HERR RE RE ER a 89 Which printer driver to use 0 ee eee 89 Enabling installed options in the drivers 90 For additional memory PostScript driver only 91 For the internal hard disk drive 0 0004 92 For additional paper trays 0 0 eee eee eee 94 For the duplex unit 96 For the high capacity feeder 0 00 00 0000 98 For the fitishetiss soi ciew abe Ve RE UP ees Eee 100 Changing defaults for paper feed size and media in the driver 102 Network Printer Status utility
92. 0 00 MM Range 0 25 TO 2 0 MM and 2 0 TO 0 25 MM in 0 25 mm increments 0 00 MM Range 0 25 TO 2 0 MM and 2 0 TO 0 25 MM in 0 25 mm increments A3 Nobi A3 Wide Tabloid extra Legal 14 Legal 13 5 A3 Nobi A3 Wide Tabloid extra Legal 14 Legal 13 5 A3 Nobi A3 Wide Tabloid extra Legal 14 Legal 13 5 A3 Nobi A3 Wide Tabloid extra Legal 14 Legal 13 5 A3 Nobi A3 Wide Tabloid extra Legal 14 Legal 13 5 1 to 59 default 5 1 59 default 20 Description Adjusts overall print position horizontally in 0 20 increments Adjusts overall print position vertically in 0 20 increments Adjusts overall print position of print face horizontally in 0 20 increments Adjusts overall print position of print face vertically in 0 20 increments Sets Tray 1 large paper size Sets Tray 1 legal paper size Sets Tray 2 large paper size Sets Tray 2 legal paper size Sets Tray 3 large paper size Sets Tray 3 legal paper size Sets Tray 4 large paper size Sets Tray 4 legal paper size Sets Tray 5 large paper size Sets Tray 5 legal paper size Only displayed if Tray 5 is installed Sets Tray 2 number for PCL emulation Sets Tray 3 number for PCL emulation ES 3037 3037e Setting up 75 Item PCL TRAY 4 ID PCL TRAY 5 ID PCL MP TRAY ID DRUM CLEANING HEX DUMP System adjust menu continued The default settings are bold Value 1 59 default 21 1 59 de
93. 00 sheets per month Maximum 83 000 sheets per month Operating 55 dBA Standby 45 dBA Power save 43 dBA 5 years or 1 000 000 sheets Width 26 2 inches 666 mm Depth 24 6 inches 626 mm Height 18 1 inches 460 mm 160 Ibs 72 kg not including optional accessories and paper ES 3037 3037e Specifications 468 Consumables TONER TYPE C5 Description e Black Toner ssss Cyan Toner sse Magenta Toner essssssss Yellow Toner eee DRUMS TYPE C5 Description e Black Image Drum Cyan Image Drum Magenta Image Drum Yellow Image Drum Order No 52114901 52114902 52114903 52114904 Order No 56117901 56117902 56117903 56117904 ES 3037 3037e Consumables 469 FUSER UNITS Description Order No Fuser Unit 120V ss 41946101 Fuser Unit 230V 41946103 TRANSFER BELT Description Order No Transfer belt ssuusss 41946001 ES 3037 3037e Consumables 470 OKI PRINT MEDIA OKI Banner Paper Ginited We Stand Order No White 70 Ib Index 35 4 x 12 9 100 sheets
94. 1 OKI Using ICC Profiles feature 0 0 0 0 282 Printing multiple pages on one sheet n up printing c teers a bert mec RES HERR 283 N Up printing using the PostScript driver 283 N Up printing using the PCL driver 284 Printing custom page Sizes 2 2 eee eee 285 Printing custom pages using the PostScript driver 285 Printing custom pages using the PCL driver 287 Changing the resolution fora print job 0 289 Duplex printing printing on both sides of the paper 00 0 290 Printing booklets PCL only Windows Me only 0 00000 0000 292 Printing watermarks eee eee 294 Collatin gs hi sede ie ads Se de da E tet E 296 Font substitution PostScript only 00 000000 297 Proofand print cessere cee eye ege 298 Printing copies ede REA RIDE E eee ede ESO 300 Deleting copies ee iA a a E HERE Rees 301 Secure printing printing confidential documents 0 0 302 Printing a confidential document from the front panel 304 Deleting the confidential document before printing it 304 Store to hard disk ssi ena paraoa iip e n eo a eee 305 Printing Copies c aiia ere a E E Ee 307 Deleting the stored job from the hard disk drive 307 Printing overlays 2 0 00 eee eee eee eee 308 What are Overlays eco 0 0 eee eee 308 An example of u
95. 3037 3037e Accessories 443 ADDITIONAL MEMORY Additional memory increases the printer s capacity to process complex data e Recommended for duplex printing or if error messages appear when printing complex data Used for graphic intensive applications on networks Additional memory is available in 64Mb 128Mb and 256Mb modules ES 3037 3037e Accessories 444 Installing additional memory NOTE If the maximum amount of memory is being installed in the printer three 256 MB modules the memory modules that were originally installed must be removed 1 Switch off the printer and disconnect the power cable and printer interface cable 2 Loosen the two screws 1 and remove the main board ES 3037 3037e Accessories 445 3 Insert the memory modules the slots as follows push out the white tabs at either end of the socket a Align the module with the narrow strip 1 on its metallic contact edge to the right toward the slot identifier numbers of the control board b Carefully insert the module in the socket placing the ends into the slot in the lock tabs Press down firmly until you ES 3037 3037e Accessories 446 feel the board engage the connector then make sure the white tabs come up to lock the module in place 4 Replace the main board and secure it with the two screws 5 Reconnect the printer interface cable and power cable then switch on the printer NOTE If the error me
96. 37e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 342 FACTORS THAT AFFECT COLOR PRINTING The PCL and PostScript printer drivers supplied with your printer provide several controls for changing the color output For general use the default driver settings produce good results for most documents Many applications have their own color settings and these may override the settings in the printer driver Please refer to the documentation for your software application for details on how that particular program s color management functions If you wish to manually adjust the color settings in your printer driver please be aware that color reproduction is a complex topic and there are many factors to take into consideration Some of the most important factors are listed below Differences between the range of colors a monitor or printer can reproduce Neither a printer nor a monitor is capable of reproducing the full range of colors visible to the human eye Each device is restricted to a certain range of colors In addition to this a printer cannot reproduce all of the colors displayed on a monitor and vice versa Both devices use very different technologies to represent color A monitor uses Red Green and Blue RGB phosphors or LCDs a printer uses Cyan Magenta Yellow and Black CMYK toner or ink A monitor can display very vivid colors such as intense reds and blues and these cannot be easily produced on any printer using toner or ink Similarl
97. 450 DUPLEX UNIT Installation 1 Switch off the printer and disconnect the power cable 2 Remove the paper tray 1 slide it out until it reaches its stop then lift up to remove the tray completely from the printer 3 Remove the front cover 2 by lifting it at both ends NOTE Do not discard the front cover If the duplex unit is removed the front cover has to be reinstalled ES 3037 3037e Accessories 451 4 Place the duplex unit on top of the paper tray so that they are aligned flush then open the small cover on the duplex unit and pull the blue handle gently until the duplex unit and paper tray are locked together 5 Slide the duplex unit and paper tray as a complete unit back into the printer 6 Connect the power cable and switch the printer on NOTE The printer menu will automatically configure to include this option However you can also set it manually as follows Press the MENU button until PRINT MENU is displayed then press the SELECT button Press the ITEM button until DUPLEX is displayed Press the VALUE button until ON is displayed then press the SELECT button An asterisk appears to show that duplex has been set to on Press the ONLINE button to turn the printer back on line ES 3037 3037e Accessories 452 7 Inthe printer driver s change the settings to include the new duplex unit For Windows XP see page 96 For Windows 2000 see page 178 For Windows
98. 8 95 PostScript 1 2 Click Start Settings Printers Right click the Oki PostScript printer icon then click Properties The Oki Properties dialog box appears 3 Click the Job Options tab Click the Overlay button 4 Setup an Overlay Group Click New The Define Overlays dialog box appears 5 Under Group Name enter a name for the group of overlays you are creating 6 Inthe Print on Pages drop down list select on which pages the overlay is to be printed or select Custom and enter specific page numbers under Custom pages 7 Under Overlay Name type in the name of the overlay file exactly as it was stored using Storage Device Manager see the File List printout including the file extension HST Overlay file names are case sensitive 8 Click Aad 9 Repeat steps 7 and 8 to add additional overlays maximum of 10 three per group Click OK To create additional overlay groups up to 32 can be defined repeat steps 4 to 10 above Finish 11 Click OK and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 521 Printing Using Overlays Me 98 95 PostScript 1 2 No 7 e Open the document in the software application Click File Print Make sure the Oki PostScript printer is selected then click Properties or your application s equivalent The Oki Properties dialog box appears Click the Overlay tab Click Enable Overlay in the drop down list Click up to fo
99. 87 The Start screen provides the following features Select Print Paper Source Copies 2 sided printing Binding Collate Fit to page Print page range Restore Default Save Settings Print Cancel Help About ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 488 PDF Version Check The version level of PDF files supported is version 1 3 or below A Warning dialog displays for any PDF file whose version is not supported NOTE If when attempting to PDF direct print a file ERROR PDF to PS conversion failed displays the file contains an embedded font not installed on the system Using Acrobat delete the text that is embedded or unembed the embedded font In Acrobat select Tool Touchup Text attribute Remove the checkmark in the Embed box For additional information see the PDF Print Direct Help file in the PDF Direct Print Utility ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 489 STORAGE DEVICE MANAGER FOR WINDOWS This Utility lets you manage the printer s hard disk and flash memory and download fonts macros and firmware Install the utility from CD1 using the Oki Menu Installer Getting Help The Oki Storage Device Manager software contains an on line Help system To access it from the main Storage Device Manager screen click Help Topics from the Help pull down menu To access it from other Storage Device Manager screens click the Help button NOTE Storage Device Manager requires Microsoft Int
100. AGE SIZES Custom page sizes can only be printed from the multi purpose tray The printer media size for the multi purpose tray must be manually set in the driver to the custom paper size before use range 3 to 8 inches 89 to 216 mm wide x 5 to 14 inches 127 to 356 mm long Printing custom pages using the PostScript driver NOTE One custom paper size can be defined in the PostScript driver 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the Print dialog box click the PS driver on the General tab then click the Preferences button 3 Click the Job Options tab Under Finisher select Stacker Face up in the Output Bin drop down list Printing Preferences Layout Paper Quality Job Options Color Overlay Quality Job Type Normal Proof and Print O Secure Print Store to HDD Copies 1 Collate L 9 S Fine O Normal Finisher O Fast eene Output Bin i Stacker Face up v Scale 10 4 Advanced Default ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 132 4 Click the Paper Quality tab Under Tray Selection select Multi Purpose Tray in the Paper Source drop down list amp Printing Preferences Layout Paper Quality Job Options Color Overlay Tray Selection Paper Source sf Multi Purpose Tray Color Black amp white Color 5 Click the Advanced button Under Paper Output select Postscript
101. ALL JOBS or the required job name is displayed 4 Press the CANCEL button to delete the remaining copies of the document 5 When the deletion confirmation message appears confirm by pressing the SELECT button NOTE An alternative method of printing or deleting the stored document is to use the Oki Storage Device Manager Please refer to the On line Help for the Oki Storage Device Manager software ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 237 PRINTING OVERLAYS What are Overlays An Overlay can be a combination of graphics fonts or text that is stored in the printer s flash memory or on the hard disk supplied on some models optional on others and printed whenever required The result is similar to the Watermark feature but with the ability to be much more elaborate Overlays can be useful for tasks such as printing letterheads forms or invoices and should reduce the need for pre printed stationery An example of using Overlays Suppose that you have created and stored three files in the printer using the Storage Device Manager the company logo the company address e the company mission statement The Overlay feature allows these files to be incorporated into your document in various combinations depending on your requirements ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 238 To create overlays 1 Create the document that you wish to use for Overlay printing e g a letterhead and generate a PRN file p
102. CONTENTS The CD ROM disks supplied with your printer contain the following software e CD1 Drivers Software Utilities e CD2 Manuals ES 3037 3037e Getting started 21 PRINTER LOCATION Place the printer on a flat surface large enough and strong enough to accept the size and weight of the printer There must be sufficient space around the printer to allow for access and printer maintenance 27 6inches 70cm 160lbs 72kg or 1721bs 78kg 23 6inches with duplexer installed 60cm wW 7 9inches ES 3037 3037e Getting started 22 PRINTER COMPONENTS Top cover Control panel Top cover release catch Multi purpose MP tray manual feed Paper support extensionPaper guides Right side cover Paper tray Paper level indicator D 9 c gvcgr um o NS CE Power switch LED heads 4 e ES 3037 3037e Getting started 23 PRINTER COMPONENTS CONTINUED 1 11 Discharge roller 12 13 14 15 16 17 Fuser unit Image drum cyan Image drum magenta Image drum yellow Image drum black Power connector ES 3037 3037e Getting started 24 PRINTER COMPONENTS CONTINUED 20 dos o e To EN 18 Straight through exit paper tray 19 Interfaces and card slot 20 USB interface connector 21 Parallel interface connector 22 Network interface card ES 3037 3037e Getting started 25 Setting up Before co
103. D Color Rendering Dictionary which is used to match the colors as closely as possible NOTE This feature may not work for all application programs However many professional graphics applications offer a similar feature in their print settings with the ability to choose a source input color space and a print output color space ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 207 To set up ICC profiles 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Right click the printer name and click Printing Preferences 3 Click the Color tab 4 Under Color mode select Using ICC Profile in the Color Control Method drop down box Layout Paper Guaity Job Options Color Overlay r Color mode Color Control Method Using ICC Profile m Color Simulation None z m ICC Profile Setting Edit Delete Advanced Default ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 208 5 Click the New button aix r Select ICC profile Input profile Output profile Pe m Rendering Intent Comment Perceptual Saturation C Relative Colorimetric Absolute Colorimetric Setting Name Color data1 cea 6 Select the Input profile and Output profile in the drop down boxes under Select ICC profile 7 Select the desired Rendering Intent and type in a name for the profile then click OK The new name will appear in the Setting Name drop down box under ICC Pr
104. E The Overlay Name must be EXACTLY the same as the file name you made a noted of in the previous section This is the name under which the file is stored on the printers hard disk drive It is case sensitive ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 163 7 Enter or select a form name in the drop down list under Form setting then click Add Define Overlays Overlay Name Print on Pages First Page ad Custom Pages Enter page numbers and or page ranges separated by commas For example 1 3 5 12 Form setting Form Name Stationery Defined Forms p Delete OK Cancel NOTE The Form Name is a random name of your selection 8 Click OK 9 If required continue to add files to the overlay by repeating steps 5 through 8 ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 164 10 Highlight the overlay name s under Defined Overlay and click Add to add the overlay s to the list under Active Overlay to select more than one overlay hold the CTRL key while clicking on each name Layout Paper Quality Job Options Color Overlay Disable Overlay hd Active Overlay MAX 4 Overlay Page Logo First Page Address All Pages Defined Overlay MAX 32 Overlay Page Logo First Page Address All Pages New DK Cancel Apply 11 Select Use Overlay from the drop down list at the top of the dialog box then click OK 12 Close the Printers and Faxes dialog b
105. EI Memory Configuration Available printer memory in MB Available font cache in MB fi a Lok cec Hep 6 Click OK twice ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Printer Drivers 254 For the internal hard disk drive PostScript or PCL driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 Onthe Device Options tab check Printer Hard Disk PostScript Driver PCL Driver 4 Click OK ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Printer Drivers 255 For additional paper trays PostScript or PCL driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 Onthe Device Options tab select the number of trays installed not including the Multi purpose tray PostScript Driver PCL Driver m 4 Click OK ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Printer Drivers 256 For the duplex unit PostScript or PCL driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 Click the Device Options tab check Duplex Option Unit PostScript Driver PCL Driver 4 Click OK ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Printer Drivers 257 For the high capacity feeder PostScript or PCL driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 Onthe Device Options tab select the number of trays installed
106. First Page First Page 13 Click OK 14 Click OK to close the Default dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 400 PRINTING POSTERS PCL DRIVER ONLY This option allows you to configure and print posters by breaking up the document page into multiple pieces which print enlarged on separate sheets Then the separate sheets are combined to produce a poster It is only available with the PCL printer driver 1 2 Open the file in your application and select File Print In the Print dialog box select the PCL driver then click Properties or Setup or your application s equivalent On the Setup tab under Finishing Mode select Poster Print Setup Job Options Color m Media Letter 8 5 x 11in z Size Sf Source Automatically Select z um A Paper Feed Options Einishing Mode r Driver Settings j Untitled kd Add J Letter 8 5 x 11in Default J ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 401 4 Click the Options button and enter the configuration details 5 Click OK twice and print the document ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 402 Maintenance ADDING PAPER The LCD display indicates when the number of sheets of paper in any paper tray falls below 30 1 Pull out the paper tray 2 Remove any remaining sheets of paper 3 Refill the tray with up to a ream 500 sheets of paper then place the s
107. G POSTSCRIPT DRIVER Color Matching Options The PostScript driver offers several different methods of controlling the color output of the printer To manually set the color matching options in the PostScript driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers and Faxes 2 Right click the printer name and click Printing Preferences 3 Click the Color tab Layout Paper Quality Job Options Color Overlay Color mode Color Control Method Color Matching Color Simulation None X Color Setting Black Finish Monitor 6500K Auto X Auto iz C Glossy C Matte Advanced Default ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 120 4 Select the method to use from the Color Control Method drop down list under Color Mode a Color Control OKI Color Matching This is OKI s proprietary color matching system and affects RGB data only Select the type to be used from the drop down list under Color Setting Layout Paper Quality Job Options Color Overlay Color mode Color Control Method Color Matching Color Simulation None Color Setting Black Finish e f Auto C Glossy C Matte Advanced Default ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 121 Monitor 6500k Perceptual Optimized for printing photographs when using a monitor with a color temperature of 6500K Monitor 6500k Vivid Optimized for printing bright colors when using a monitor with a
108. H SIDES OF THE PAPER NOTE The optional duplex unit must be installed in the printer and enabled before duplex printing can be carried out e Standard paper sizes only Paper weight range 20 to 28 Ib US Bond 75 to 105 g m Paper must be loaded print side up Only Tray 1 optional Trays 2 and 3 and the High Capacity Feeder trays can be used for duplex printing The MP tray cannot be used for duplex printing NOTE These instructions explain how to change the settings as you are printing a job If you wish to change the settings to apply to all jobs e Click Start Settings Printers Right click the appropriate printer name then select Properties Follow steps 3 etc below Note that the Properties screen for setting defaults will have more tabs ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 290 To print a document on both sides of the paper 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 Inthe print dialog box click the appropriate driver then click Properties or Setup or your application s equivalent 3 On the Setup tab from 2 sided Printing select Long Edge binding or Short Edge binding PostScript Driver PCL Driver Letter 8 5 x 11in Automatically Select 4 Click OK to close the Properties dialog box 5 Print the document ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 291 PRINTING BOOKLETS PCL ONLY WINDOWS Me ONLY NOTES Available only in the
109. Installation 1 Switch off the printer and disconnect the power cable and printer interface cable WARNING The printer weighs 160 Ibs 72 kg without the duplex unit 172 Ibs 78 kg with the duplex unit installed dxn models Three 3 people are required to lift the printer safely ES 3037 3037e Accessories 456 NOTE If installing both additional paper trays put the two additional paper trays together as one unit first then install the printer on top of the two additional paper trays 2 Lower the printer gently on to the additional paper tray unit aligning the holes and connection socket on the base of the printer with the locating pegs and connector on the additional paper tray unit ES 3037 3037e Accessories 457 3 Load paper in each tray using the same procedure you use for loading paper in Tray 1 4 Fold the tray media size identifier sheet to expose the appropriate media size then insert it in the holder at the right end of the tray 5 Place the appropriate self adhesive tray number identifier label 2 or 3 supplied with the optional tray on the lower rectangle at the right side of the tray 6 Connect the printer interface cable and power cable then switch on the printer ES 3037 3037e Accessories 458 7 Print a MenuMap see Printing the MenuMap on page 44 and check that the newly added tray s now appear under
110. LACK TONER CYAN TONER Usage menu nnnnnn nnnnnn nnnnnn nnnnnn nnnnnn nnnnnn nnnnnn nnnnnn nnnnnn Remaining nnn Remaining nnn Remaining nnn Remaining nnn Remaining nnn Remaining nnn 15K xxx 7 5K yyy 15K xxx 7 5K yyy Shows total number of pages printed Shows number of pages printed from Tray 1 Shows number of pages printed from Tray 2 Displayed if optional Tray 2 is installed Shows number of pages printed from Tray 3 Displayed if optional Tray 3 is installed Shows number of pages printed from Tray 4 Displayed if optional Tray 4 is installed Shows number of pages printed from Tray 5 Displayed if optional Tray 5 is installed Shows number of pages printed from Multipurpose Paper Tray Number of pages printed in color Number of pages printed in monochrome Displays the remaining life of the black image drum as a percentage Displays the remaining life of the cyan image drum as a percentage Displays the remaining life of the magenta image drum as a percentage Displays the remaining life of the yellow image drum as a percentage Displays the remaining life of the belt as a percentage Displays the remaining life of the fuser roller as a percentage Displays black toner remaining Displays cyan toner remaining ES 3037 3037e Setting up 78 Usage menu continued LENENNKCNNN AN NN MAGENTA TONER 15K xxx Displays magenta toner
111. MENU Set to Disable SYSTEM ADJUST MENU is not displayed Enable Disable MAINTENANCE MENU Set to Disable MAINTENANCE MENU is not displayed Enable Disable USAGE MENU Set to Disable USAGE MENU is not displayed ES 3037 3037e Setting up 81 Color Menu VEUT Description RESET C EXECUTE Reset the stored TRC data retained for GAMMA FILTER tracking For example correct values could not be EXECUTE ee taken due to out of order situation This is mainly for maintenance purposes RESET Y EXECUTE and not ordinarily used GAMMA FILTER RESET K EXECUTE GAMMA FILTER Block Device Menu The default settings are bold VEUT Description INITIALIZE LOCK YES NO Change to YES to block the operator panel from showing FLASH INITIALISE ITEM and PS FLASH RESIZE ITEM in the Disk maintenance and Memory menus Peak Power Control Menu The default settings are bold VEUT Description PEAK POWER NORMAL Sets Peak Power Control CONTROL LOW ES 3037 3037e Setting up 82 SETTING COLOR TUNING FROM THE FRONT PANEL Important n most cases using Color Tuning is not necessary as the printer is optimized for color printing at its default settings Once you change these settings they remain in effect until you go back in and change them To return the settings to the defaults use the steps below to set each value back to 0 zero You can use the printer s menu to adjust the color intensity for a specific color by adjusting the
112. Manager the company logo the company address the company mission statement The Overlay feature allows these files to be incorporated into your document in various combinations depending on your requirements ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 156 To create overlays 1 Create the document that you wish to use for Overlay printing e g a letterhead and generate a PRN file print file using the printer driver 2 Use the Storage Device Manager utility to convert this PRN file print file to a storable file format and download it to the printer Once someone has set up all the necessary overlay files on the printer other users only have to switch on the required settings in the printer driver to use the overlays NOTE The internal hard disk must be installed in the printer to allow for spooling of the print job before final printing If the hard disk memory is insufficient for the spooled data DISK FULL is displayed and only one copy printed If the software application being used has a collate print option this must be turned OFF for overlay to operate correctly An overlay may consist of more than one component file ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 157 Creating documents to use as overlays An overlay can be created in any software application that can handle logos letterheads forms etc and can print to a file PCL Driver To create a print PRN file 1 With the file to be stored as an
113. Me 98 95 PostScript driver only see page 257 For Windows NT 4 0 see page 329 ES 3037 3037e Accessories 453 Removing the duplex unit The duplex unit may be removed from the printer as follows 1 2 Switch off the printer and disconnect the power cable Open the small front cover and pull the colored handle 1 to slide the duplex unit paper tray out of the printer as a complete unit Slightly lift up the duplex unit paper tray together and remove completely from the printer Pull the post 2 forward and pull the two stoppers 3 forward to release the duplex unit from the paper tray then remove the duplex unit from the paper tray 5 Reattach the original front cover then reinstall the paper tray 6 Connect the power cable and switch the printer on 7 Change the DUPLEX setting in the menu to OFF to do this follow the steps in the NOTE on page 452 in reverse ES 3037 3037e Accessories 454 8 Press the ONLINE button to turn the printer back to online status 9 Disengage the duplex option setting in the printer driver For Windows XP see page 96 For Windows 2000 see page 178 For Windows Me 98 95 PostScript driver only see page 257 For Windows NT 4 0 see page 329 ES 3037 3037e Accessories 455 ADDITIONAL PAPER TRAYS Two additional paper trays can be installed and when combined with the standard paper tray paper capacity increases to approximately 1650 sheets
114. Media select the required paper size in the Size drop down list Setup Job Options Color Media Size Tabloid 11 x 17in Source Automatically Select X Paper Feed Options r Finishing Mode Options r 2 Sided Printing None JA Driver Settings i Untitled bd Add Remove Tabloid 11 x 17in Default 4 Select the required paper feed under Source NOTE If a paper tray is selected the Weight field becomes visible ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Printer Drivers 106 5 Select the required paper type under Weight Setup Job Options Color Media Size Letter 8 5 x 11in l Source Muli Purpose Tray x Weight __Peos Feed Onions Finishing Mode Standard N up Em Sy Driver Settings Untitled x Add mea e Letter 8 5 x Tin Default Cancel Apply Help NOTE If Printer Setting is selected make sure the printer has been set to the correct media type 6 Click the Paper Feed Options button and make any other selections then click OK Paper feed options Fitto Page Resize document to fit printer page Cover Printing r Paper feed options Use different source for first page IV Auto Tray Change Media Check Multi Purpose Tray Settings MPT is Manual feed M Long Edge Feed Custom Size Default Cancel Help 7 Click OK twice and close the Printers and Faxes
115. N button and enter a new job name ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 150 a Enter a job name of up to 16 characters under Job Name and if required select Request Job Name for each print job JOB PIN Job Name Setting Job Name l C Request Job Name for each print jot Setting of PIN Enter 4 digits b Type in a four digit personal ID number from 0000 to 7777 then click OK 4 Enter the number of copies and if required select Collate PostScript Driver PCL Driver amp Printing Preferences L3 Printing Preferences Layout Paper Qualty Job Options Color Overlay Setup Job Options Color Quality Job Type Quality Job Type O Normal O Normal Proof and Print Proof and Print Secure Print Secure Print O Store to HDD PIN O Store to HDD Copies 10 Z Collate Copies DE F Collate Scale 5 Click OK then click Print The document will be stored on the printer s hard disk 6 Goto the printer and print out the document using the front panel see below ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 151 Printing a confidential document from the front panel 1 Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and press the SELECT button 2 Enter the personal ID number you set above using the buttons on the printer control panel 3 Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name is displayed
116. OR QUALITY PRINTING Longitudinal white stripes LED head is dirty Clean LED head with lens cleaner or soft tissue Toner is low Change toner cartridge Image drum damaged Change image drum Longitudinal fading LED head is dirty Clean LED head with lens cleaner or soft tissue Toner is low Change toner cartridge Paper is unsuitable for printer Use recommended paper Faint printing The toner cartridge is incorrectly installed Reinstall the toner cartridge Toner is low Change toner cartridge The paper is moist Store paper within specified temperature and humidity levels Paper is unsuitable for printer Use recommended paper Fading in patches The paper is moist Store paper within specified temperature and humidity levels ES 3037 3037e Windows Troubleshooting 439 Longitudinal black stripes Image drum is damaged Replace image drum Toner is low Change toner cartridge Periodic black lateral lines or e If the lines or spots occur at intervals of spots approximately 44 94 mm the image drum green tube is damaged or dirty If damaged replace the image drum cartridge If dirty wipe the image drum gently with soft tissue If this does not work replace the image drum e If the lines or spots occur at intervals of approximately 113 mm the fuser roller is damaged Change the fuser unit The image drum has been Remove the image drum from the printer and store exposed to light itin a dark place for
117. Output Paper Size Tabloid E i Graphic Image Color Management ICM Method ICM Disabled ICM Intent Pictures TrueType Font Substitute with Device Font ike Document Options Advanced Printing Features Enabled PostScript Options E Printer Features Media Type TEES Multipurpose tray is handled as manual feed No Tray Switch On Media Check On Page Rotate Normal Cance 8 Click OK twice and close the Printing Preferences dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Printer Drivers 186 PCL driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Right click the printer name and click Printing Preferences 3 In the Setup tab under Media select the required paper size in the Size drop down box Setup Job Options Color Media etter 8 5 x Source Automatically Select Paper Feed Options r Finishing Mode Options 2Sided Printing iNone z A m Driver Settings Defaut 7 Add Remove Letter 8 5 x Tin Default Cancel Apply Help 4 Selectthe required paper feed under Source NOTE If a paper tray is selected the Weight field becomes visible 5 Select the required paper type under Weight NOTE If Printer Setting is selected make sure the printer has been set to the correct media type ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Printer Driver
118. P 132 D Disk Maintenance 74 Display language 43 Drivers printer Windows 2000 171 ES 3037 3037e Windows Index 540 Windows Me 98 95 252 Drivers printer Windows NT 322 Windows XP 89 Duplex printing Windows 2000 219 Windows Me 98 95 290 Windows NT 372 Windows XP 138 Duplex unit 451 enabling in Windows 2000 driver 178 enabling in Windows Me 98 95 driver 257 enabling in Windows NT driver 329 enabling in Windows XP driver 96 E Enabling installed options Windows Me 98 95 253 Windows XP 90 Envelope types 48 Error messages 422 F Factors that affect Color Printing Windows 2000 191 Windows NT 343 Windows XP 110 Finisher enabling in Windows 2000 driver 182 enabling in Windows NT driver 333 enabling in Windows XP driver 100 Font substitution Windows Me 98 95 297 Fuser unit 416 H Hard disk 448 Hard disk drive Windows 2000 174 Windows Me 98 95 255 Windows NT 325 Windows XP 92 High capacity feeder 460 enabling in Windows 2000 driver 180 enabling in Windows Me 98 95 driver 258 enabling in Windows XP driver 98 Image drum 411 Information Menu 53 L LED head 419 Location 22 M Maintenance Cleaning LED head 419 Fuser unit 416 Image drum 411 Toner cartridge 405 Transfer belt 414 Maintenance Menu 77 Manual feed 37 Media default in the Windows 2000 printer driver 184 ES 3037 3037e Windows Index 541 in the Windows NT printer driver 335 Media Menu 55 Memory enabling Window
119. PRINT SPEED AUTO ORIENTATION PORTRAIT LINE PER PAGE 60 EDIT SIZE CASSETTE SIZE ES 3037 3037e Factory Default Settings 473 MEDIA MENU E Factory default setting TRAY1 MEDIATYPE PLAIN TRAY1 MEDIAWEIGHT AUTO TRAY2 MEDIATYPE PLAIN TRAY2 MEIDIAWEIGHT AUTO TRAY3 MEDIATYPE PLAIN TRAY3 MEDIAWEIGHT AUTO TRAY4 MEDIATYPE PLAIN TRAY4 MEDIAWEIGHT AUTO TRAY5 MEDIATYPE PLAIN TRAY5 MEDIAWEIGHT AUTO MP TRAY MEDIASIZE LETTER LONG EDGE MP TRAY MEDIATYPE PLAIN MP TRAY MEDIAWEIGHT AUTO UNIT OF MEASURE INCHES X DIMENSION 8 5 INCHES Y DIMENSION 11 INCHES ES 3037 3037e Factory Default Settings 474 COLOR MENU AUTO DENSITY MODE AUTO ADJUST DENSITY EXECUTE COLOR TUNING PRINT PATTERN CYAN HIGH LIGHT CYAN MID TONE CAN DARK MAGENTA HIGH LIGHT MAGENTA MID TONE MAGENTA DARK YELLOW HIGH LIGHT YELLOW MID TONE YELLOW DARK BLACK HIGH LIGHT BLACK MID TONE BLACK DARK CYAN DARKNESS MAGENTA DARKNESS YELLOW DARKNESS BLACK DARKNESS ADJUST REGISTRATION EXECUTE CYAN REG FINE ADJUST 0 MAGENTA REG FINE ADJUST 0 YELLOW REG FINE ADJUST 0 INK SIMULATION OFF UCR LOW CMY 10076 density DISABLE o OOo 00000000000 o ES 3037 30376 Factory Default Settings 475 SYSTEM CONFIG MENU Item Factory default setting POWER SAVE DELAY 60 MIN TIME PERSONALITY AUTO EMULATION USB PS PROTOCOL RAW NETWORK PS PROTOCOL RAW CLEARABLE WARNING ON AUTO CONTINUE OFF MANUAL TIMEOUT 60 SEC WAIT TIMEOUT 40 SEC LOW TONER CONTINUE JAM
120. Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name is displayed 4 Press the CANCEL button to delete the job from the printer NOTE An alternative method of printing or deleting the remaining copies of the document is to use the Oki Storage Device Manager Please refer to the On line help for the Oki Storage Device Manager software ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 234 STORE TO HARD DISK Store to Hard Disk job spooling allows print jobs to be prepared and stored on the hard disk for printing on demand This is good for forms generic memos letterhead stationery etc NOTE The internal hard disk must be installed in the printer and enabled If the hard disk memory is insufficient for the spooled data DISK FULL is displayed and only one copy printed If the software application being used has a collate print option this must be turned OFF for Store to Hard Disk to operate correctly Store to Hard Disk may not be available in some software applications 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the Print dialog box click the appropriate driver on the General tab then click the Job Options tab 3 Enter the number of required copies and if required check the Collate box then select Store to HDD PostScript Driver PCL Driver ax General Layout Paper ualiy Job Options Color Overlay General Setup Job Options Color Quality C Pro
121. Sided Printing None Driver Settings Untitled User Defined Size 215 9 x 279 4mm NOTE You may see a Warning dialog box indicating a conflict If you do click OK and the driver will automatically make the needed changes to correct for the conflict 5 Select the unit then enter the width and length measurements and click OK Set Free Size 762 3280 17270 1200 0 ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 135 6 Check that User Defined now appears in the Size list on the Setup tab NOTE To save the setting for future use Click Paper Feed Options then click Custom Size Select the unit then enter the relevant information for Width and Height and give your custom size a name under Name Click Add Click OK The Custom Page Size is added to the bottom of the Paper Size list 7 Click OK twice 8 Click Print ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 136 CHANGING THE RESOLUTION FOR A PRINT JOB NOTE These instructions explain how to change the settings as you are printing a job If you wish to change the settings to apply to all jobs default settings Click Start Settings Printers and Faxes Right click the appropriate printer name then select Properties Follow steps 3 etc below Note that the Properties screen for setting defaults will have more tabs 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 Inthe Print dial
122. Toner Saving r Orientation Portrait r 180 Staple C Landscape None Tz Overlay Eont Advanced Defaut Cancel ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Printer Drivers 335 4 Click the Advanced tab Under Document Options Paper Output a Click Paper Source and select the paper feed in the Change Paper Source Setting list PS Document Settings ike Document Options t5 Paper Output B Paper Size Letter E fijo Input Slot Option f Media Type Printer Setting ip Layout 2 Sided Printing lt None gt PostScript Options Automatically Select a Purpose Tra Multi ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Printer Drivers 336 b Click Paper Size and select the size in the Change Paper Size Setting list f PS Document Settings Bie Document Options t5 Paper Output au Paper Source Multi Purpose Tray Input Slot Option f Media Type Printer Setting ip Layout N UP lt 1 UP gt 2 Sided Printing None PostScript Options Al Fi Click Media Type and select the media from the Change Media Type Setting list m PS Document Settings Ei flg Document Options Paper Output E Paper Size Letter d Paper Source Multi Purpose Tray figo Input Slot Option fp Mg N UP lt 1 UP gt 8 2 Sided Printing None Heavy 28 32lb 33 54lb Transparency Heavy Hi Sheen Finish 5
123. Windows NT 4 0 Operation 357 c Color Control No Color Matching Use this option to switch off all printer color matching d Color Control Print in Grayscale This option prints all documents as monochrome ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 358 PRINTING MULTIPLE PAGES ON ONE SHEET N UP PRINTING N Up printing using the PostScript driver 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the Print dialog box select the PS driver then click Properties or Setup or your application s equivalent 3 On the Advanced tab under Document Options Layout click N UP then select the number of pages per sheet in the Change N UP Setting list Advanced Job Options Color ES PS Document Settings ie Document Options B tb Paper Output A Paper Size lt Letter gt d Paper Source Automatically Select B t5 Input Slot Option ip Media Type lt Printer Setting gt ip Layout Be N UP UP 3 2 Sided Printing None H PostScript Options Ehange N LIP Setting Cancel 4 Click OK and print the document ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 359 N Up printing using the PCL driver 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the Print dialog box select the PCL driver then click Properties or Setup or your application s equivalent 3 On the Setup tab under Finishing Mode select the number of pages per sheet
124. a color matching method 266 collating 296 color matching 266 color swatch utiliy PCL 272 confidential documents 302 custom page sizes 285 duplex printing 290 enabling added memory in the driver 253 enabling optional paper trays 256 enabling the duplex unit in the driver 257 enabling the hard disk drive in the driver 255 enabling the high capacity feeder in the driver 258 factors that affect color printing 263 font substitution 297 network printer status ultility 261 n up printing 283 OKI ICC profiles feature 282 operation 262 overlays 308 posters 320 printer drivers 252 proof and print 298 rendering intents 279 resolution 289 secure print 302 store to hard disk 305 watermarks 294 Windows ICM color matching 281 Windows NT booklets 375 changing media defaults in the driver 335 choosing a color matching method 346 collating 379 color matching 352 color swatch utility PCL 351 confidential documents 383 custom page sizes 362 duplex printing 372 enabling added memory in the driver 323 enabling optional paper trays in the driver 327 enabling the duplex unit in the drive 329 enabling the finisher in the driver 333 enabling the hard disk drive in the driver 325 enabling the high capacity feeder in the driver 331 factors that affect color printing 343 network printer status utility 341 n up printing 359 operation 342 ES 3037 3037e Windows Index 545 overlays 390 overlays 156 posters 401 posters 169 printer
125. able use the Table of Contents Find the term of interest in the alphabetically arranged index and click the associated page number to jump to the page containing the subject ES 3037 3037e Introduction 18 Printing Pages The whole book Individual pages or sections may be printed The procedure for printing from Acrobat Reader is 1 From the toolbar select File then Print or press the Ctrl P keys 2 Choose which pages you wish to print a All pages for the entire manual b Current page for the page at which you are looking c Pages from and to for the range of pages you specify by entering their page numbers 3 Click OK ES 3037 3037e Introduction 19 Getting started UNPACKING WARNING The printer weighs 160 Ibs 72 kg without the duplex unit 172 Ibs 78 kg with the duplex unit installed dxn models Three 3 people are required to lift the printer safely After unpacking the printer and choosing a suitable place to put it check that all the necessary parts are available to continue The printer 4 toner cartridges cyan magenta yellow and black Power cable CD ROM disks LED lens cleaner not illustrated Light proof plastic bags not illustrated N O om fF 2 NY So Documentation not illustrated Setup Guide Software Installation Guide Warranty booklet Retain all packing materials to facilitate transport ES 3037 3037e Getting started 20 CD ROM DISK
126. addition to this a printer cannot reproduce all of the colors displayed on a monitor and vice versa Both devices use very different technologies to represent color A monitor uses Red Green and Blue RGB phosphors or LCDs a printer uses Cyan Magenta Yellow and Black CMYK toner or ink A monitor can display very vivid colors such as intense reds and blues and these cannot be easily produced on any printer using toner or ink Similarly there are certain colors some yellows for example that can be printed but cannot be displayed accurately on a monitor This disparity between monitors and printers is often the main reason that printed colors do not match the colors displayed on screen ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 191 Viewing conditions A document can look very different under various lighting conditions For example the colors may look different when viewed standing next to a sunlit window compared to how they look under standard office fluorescent lighting Printer driver color settings The driver settings for Manual color can change the appearance of a document There are several options available to help match the printed colors with those displayed on screen These options are explained in subsequent sections of this User Manual Monitor settings The brightness and contrast controls on your monitor can change how your document looks on screen Additionally your monitor color temperature influence
127. age 218 Duplex printing see page 219 e Watermarks see page 226 Collating see page 228 Proof and Print see page 229 e Secure print printing confidential documents see page 232 Storing files to the hard disk drive see page 235 Using overlays see page 238 Printing posters see page 251 NOTE Most applications allow the printer properties to be accessed from within the document print dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 190 FACTORS THAT AFFECT COLOR PRINTING The PCL and PostScript printer drivers supplied with your printer provide several controls for changing the color output For general use the default driver settings produce good results for most documents Many applications have their own color settings and these may override the settings in the printer driver Please refer to the documentation for your software application for details on how that particular program s color management functions If you wish to manually adjust the color settings in your printer driver please be aware that color reproduction is a complex topic and there are many factors to take into consideration Some of the most important factors are listed below Differences between the range of colors a monitor or printer can reproduce Neither a printer nor a monitor is capable of reproducing the full range of colors visible to the human eye Each device is restricted to a certain range of colors In
128. age drums toner cartridges from the printer and place them on a flat surface to prevent damage to the shiny green drum surface then cover them to protect them from light while you are replacing the transfer belt ES 3037 3037e Maintenance 414 3 Press back the lock lever 1 and using the handles 2 and 3 remove the old transfer belt from the printer 4 Remove the new transfer belt unit from its packaging 5 Using the handles 2 and 3 align the pins 4 with the grooves 5 on the printer and insert the new transfer belt in the printer 6 Move the lock lever 1 forward and lock the transfer belt into place 7 Reinstall the four image drums and toner cartridges in the printer 8 Close the top cover ES 3037 3037e Maintenance 415 CHANGING THE FUSER UNIT When the fuser unit reaches the end of its product life CHANGE FUSER UNIT is displayed in the control panel Fuser unit life is approximately 80 000 letter size sheets 1 Switch off the printer and open the top cover WARNING The fuser unit is very hot after printing Always use the handle when lifting it ES 3037 3037e Maintenance 416 2 Move the two locking levers 1 to the rear of the machine to release the fuser unit then use the handle to remove the fuser from the printer 3 Remove the new fuser unit from its packaging and lift off the shipping tape 1 holding the levers at either end of the fuser As you remove the tape
129. ages at 5 print density The first toner cartridge installed in a new image drum needs to be replaced after less than this amount because the toner cartridge has to fill a new image drum WARNING Take extreme care when handling toner Toner can be harmful if inhaled swallowed or if it gets in the eyes Toner can also stain hands and clothing 1 Switch off the printer and open the top cover 2 Check the color label of the toner cartridge to be changed ES 3037 3037e Maintenance 405 3 Move the lever 1 on the end of the toner cartridge in the direction of the arrow as far as it will go then remove the toner cartridge 2 lifting the lever end of the cartridge first to disengage the locating peg on the image drum from the toner cartridge CAUTION Dispose of the toner cartridge in accordance with local legislation 4 Unpack the new toner cartridge and remove the orange shipping clip ES 3037 3037e Maintenance 406 5 Shake the new toner cartridge back and forth several times Then holding the toner cartridge horizontally remove the tape 6 Insert the new toner cartridge into the image drum left side first engaging the drum locating peg in the hole in the toner cartridge ES 3037 3037e Maintenance 407 7 Gently push the toner cartridge down engaging the locking pin into the groove on the image drum
130. ame then select Properties Follow steps 3 etc below Note that the Properties screen for setting defaults will have more tabs ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 138 Duplex printing using the PostScript driver 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the Print dialog box click the PS driver on the General tab then click the Preferences button 3 On the Layout tab under Print on Both Sides select Flip on Long Edge or Flip on Short Edge amp Printing Preferences Layout Paper Quality Job ptions Color Overlay Orientation 9 Portrait O Landscape CO Rotated Landscape Print on Both Sides O None Flip on Long Edge O Flip on Short Edge Page Order 9 Front to Back Back to Front Pages Per Sheet 1 Advanced Cancel 4 Click OK then click Print ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 139 Duplex printing using the PCL driver 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the Print dialog box click the PCL driver on the General tab then click the Preferences button 3 On the Setup tab under 2 Sided Printing select Long Edge or Short Edge Printing Preferences c Setup Job Options Color Media Size Letter 85 11in v Source Automatically Select v Paper Feed Options Finishing Mode Standard N up Y Options 2 Sided Printing FTECENEEENN D
131. and select File Print 2 In the Print dialog box select the PS driver then click Properties or Setup or your application s equivalent 3 On the Advanced tab under Document Options Layout click 2 Sided Printing and select Long Edge binding or Short Edge binding in the Change 2 Sided Printing Setting list Advanced Job Options Color S PS Document Settings B ie Document Options B t5 Paper Output B Paper Size Letter d Paper Source Automatically Select m ip Input Slot Option ip Media Type lt Printer Setting gt BE ip Layout lj N UP lt 1 UP gt FR 2 Sided Printing lt Long Edge bindina m PostScript Options Change 2 Sided Printing Setting ong Edge binding C Short Edge binding Cancel 4 Click OK and print the document ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 373 Duplex printing using the PCL driver 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the Print dialog box select the PCL driver then click Properties or Setup or your application s equivalent 3 On the Setup tab under 2 Sided Printing select Long Edge or Short Edge Letter 8 5 x Tin C Automatically Select 4 Click OK and print the document ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 374 PRINTING BOOKLETS PCL DRIVER ONLY NOTES You must have the duplex unit installed and enabled in order to print booklets Not available on some netwo
132. any logo 195 Printing Vivid Colors 2 0 0 0 eee eee ee eee 196 Color matching PCL Driver 0 00 0 0000005 197 Color Matching Options 00000022 197 The Print Color Swatch Utility llle 200 Color matching PostScript driver 00 0 00 00 00 201 Color Matching Options 0 00000 00 0005 201 OKI Using ICC Profiles feature PostScript driver only 0 0 0 0 eee eee eee eee 207 To set up ICC profiles 00 0 0 0 00 eee eee a 208 Windows ICM color matching 0 00000005 210 Printing multiple pages on one sheet n up printing i e Gace doe aai aa e hak eaa 211 N Up printing using the PostScript driver 211 N Up printing using the PCL driver 211 Printing custom page Sizes 2 2 ee eee 213 Printing custom pages using the PostScript driver 213 Printing custom pages using the PCL driver 216 Changing the resolution for a print job 218 Duplex printing printing on both sides of the paper 0 0 219 Duplex printing using the PostScript driver 220 Duplex printing using the PCL driver 221 Printing booklets 0 0 0 cece cece eee nee 222 Printing booklets using the PostScript driver 223 Printing booklets using the PCL driver 224 Printing
133. any modern monitors allow the color temperature to be adjusted using the monitor s control panel There are several settings found on a typical monitor 5000k Warmest yellowish lighting typically used in graphics arts environments 6500k Cooler approximates daylight conditions 9300k Cool the default setting for many monitors and television sets k degrees Kelvin a measurement of temperature ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 111 How your software application displays color Some graphics applications such as CorelDRAW or Adobe Photoshop may display color differently from office applications such as Microsoft Word Please see your application s online help or user manual for more information Paper type The type of paper used can also significantly affect the printed color For example a printout on recycled paper can look duller than one on specially formulated glossy paper ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 112 CHOOSING A COLOR MATCHING METHOD There is no one way to achieve a good match between the document displayed on your monitor and its printed equivalent There are many factors involved in achieving accurate and reproducible color However the following guidelines may help in achieving good color output from your printer There are several suggested methods depending on the type of document you are printing NOTE These suggestions are for guidance only Your results may vary d
134. aper tray Toner is low indicates color Error with the toner sensor indicates color Call for service Transfer belt unit is missing Cancelling the current job Centronics interface error parallel interface Change the image drum indicates color Change the transfer belt Change the fuser unit Paper must be changed to correct paper size and or media type indicates size or media type Check Tray for paper jam MP tray is Tray 0 Check the transfer belt for paper jam correct installation etc Check the duplex unit for paper jam correct installation etc Check the fuser unit for paper jam correct installation etc Check the image drum for correct installation etc Color will be indicated Collating of multiple copies has failed Adjusting head so that colors do not shift on to each other Adjust the color balance ES 3037 3037e Windows Troubleshooting 422 LCD Message Meaning COMMUNICATION ERROR DATA ARRIVE DATA PRESENT DISK FILE OPERATION FAILED DISK FILESYSTEM IS FULL DISK FULL EEPROM INITIALIZE ERROR EMPTY ERROR POSTSCRIPT FATAL ERROR FUSER UNIT MISSING INSTALL ADDITIONAL MEMORY INSTALL NEW IMAGE DRUM INSTALL NEW TONER INSTALL PAPER CASSETTE INVALID DATA LOAD MEDIA MISMATCH NETWORK ERROR OFFLINE ONLINE OPEN UPPER COVER PAPER JAM PAPER SIZE ERROR PLEASE POWER OFF POWER SAVE PRINTING PROCESSING There is an error
135. atching specific colors such as a company logo color The colors within the printer s color gamut are printed without any modification and only colors that fall outside the printable colors are modified 5 Set any other required parameters using the on line Help for guidance 6 When you are done click OK and close the Default dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 350 The Print Color Swatch Utility For use with applications which allow you to set your own RGB values for colors The Color Swatch utility prints out charts of sample colors Listed below each color are the corresponding RGB Red Green Blue values to use in your application to match that printed color An example of using the Print Color Swatch function You wish to print a logo in a particular shade of red The steps you would follow are 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Right click the printer name and click Document Defaults 3 Click the Color tab 4 Click the Color Swatch button to print the color swatch samples 5 Select the shade of red that best suits your needs and make a note of the RGB value below that particular shade 6 Using your program s color picker enter these same RGB values from step 5 and change the logo to that color NOTE The RGB color displayed on your monitor may not necessarily match what was printed on the color swatch If this is the case it is probably due to the difference between how
136. ate driver on the General tab then click the Preferences button 3 Onthe Job Options tab select Store to HDD NOTE If you ve already stored a document on the printer s hard disk drive and want to store another one click the PIN button and enter a new Job Name ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 153 a Enter a job name of up to 16 characters under Job Name Setting and if required select Request Job Name for each print job Job Name Setting Job Name I C Request Job Name for each print jot Setting of PIN Enter 4 digits b Type a four digit personal ID number from 0000 to 7777 then click OK PostScript Driver PCL Driver E Printing Preferences Printing Preferences Layout Paper Quality Job Options Color Overlay Quality Job Type Job Type O Normal O Normal Proof and Print Proof and Print O Secure Print O Secure Print Store to HDD PIN Store to HDD Copes 1 O Colete Copies 1 2 Collate Scale 4 Click OK then click Print The document will be stored on the hard disk and can then be printed on demand or deleted using the procedure below ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 154 To print a stored document 1 Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and press the SELECT button 2 Enter the personal ID number you selected above using the buttons on the printer control panel 3 Pres
137. atermark Click the New or Edit button TEE T b m E m o m m Font Cue L g d Enter the text for the watermark and select the font size angle etc to be used Click OK The new watermark appears in the Watermark list box 5 If you wish to print the watermark only on the first page of the document select First Page only 6 Click OK 7 Click Print ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 227 COLLATING Collating can be carried out with or without a hard disk drive installed However printers with a hard disk drive will provide greater performance Important If your software application has a collate option use it instead of the collate option in the printer driver The following instructions explain how to select collating using the printer driver 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the Print dialog box click the appropriate driver on the General tab then click the Job Options tab 3 Under Job Type enter the number of copies required and only if the application has no collate option select Collate PostScript Driver PCL Driver 4 zix General Setup Job Options Color Quality Job Type General Layout Paper Qualty Job Options Color Overlay C Secure Print C Store to HDD IN Copies 10 I Folate T Colffte Copies 10 4 Click Print ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation
138. ay Name enter a name for the overlay Under ID Value enter the ID number for the file saved using Storage Device Manager see the File List printout In the Print on Pages drop down list select on which pages the overlay is to be printed or select Custom and enter specific page numbers under Custom pages Click Add then click Close The overlays you defined will appear in the Defined overlays window Click OK and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 524 Printing Overlays NT 4 0 PCL 1 Click File Print The Print dialog box appears 2 Make sure the Oki PCL driver is selected then click Properties or your application s equivalent The Oki Properties dialog box appears 3 Click the Overlay tab 4 Under Defined Overlays click any overlays you wish to use to select more than one press the Ctrl key while selecting the names then click Add The names appears in the Active overlays box NOTE To print a sample of an overlay to see what it looks like click its name in the Defined Overlays box then click Test Print If you wish to add more overlays to the list click Define Overlays then fill in the appropriate information in the Define overlays dialog box and click Close 5 Click Print using active overlays then click OK and print the document ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 525 Editing Defined Overlays NT 4 0 PCL 1 2 Click Start Settings Pr
139. b then click the Preferences button 3 On the Layout tab under Pages Per Sheet select the required number of pages Printing Preferences Layout Paper Quality Job Options Color Overlay Orientation Portrait Landscape O Rotated Landscape Print on Both Sides 9 None O Flip on Long Edge O Flip on Short Edge Page Order Front to Back O Back to Front 4 Click OK then click Print ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 130 N Up printing using the PCL driver 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the Print dialog box click the appropriate PCL driver on the General tab then click the Preferences button 3 On the Setup tab under Finishing Mode select the required number of pages per sheet Printing Preferences Setup Job Options Color Media Size Letter 85x 11in Source Automatically Select Paper Feed Options Finishing Mode E 2 Sided Printing None Driver Settings Untitled Remove Letter 8 5 x 11in 4 Click the Options button and select the Page Borders Page Layout and Bind Margin then click OK Standard N up Options Pages per Sheet v Page Borders 7 Page leyout Portrait x Landscape L4 v Bind Margin None sj poo OK Cancel Help Cox tance J wee jJ 5 Click OK then click Print ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 131 PRINTING CUSTOM P
140. be the colors that your device is capable of reproducing ICC profiles can be associated with your printer via the Color Management tab of the printer driver Depending on how you have installed the printer driver the color profiles may already be associated with the driver To associate ICC Color Profiles with the printer driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers and Faxes 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 4 Click the Color Management tab Under Color Profiles currently associated with this printer you should see the names of profiles that match your printer model If you do not see any profiles associated with the driver click Add and locate the ICC profiles for your printer Windows ICM uses the information in these profiles to convert colors in your documents to colors that the printer can reproduce The way in which this conversion is performed can be controlled via the ICM Intent control in the printer driver NOTE Oki also provides an alternative to Windows ICM with the Color Match Using ICC Profiles feature This is similar to Windows ICM but offers several additional features ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 129 PRINTING MULTIPLE PAGES ON ONE SHEET N UP PRINTING N Up printing using the PostScript driver 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the Print dialog box click the appropriate PS driver on the General ta
141. both the printer power switch and the AC supply are switched OFF before connecting the power cable 1 Connect the power cable 1 to the power socket on the printer then to a grounded power supply outlet ES 3037 3037e Setting up 38 2 Switch the printer ON using the main power switch 2 The printer will go through its initialization and warm up sequence When the printer is ready the READY indicator comes on and stays on green and the LCD indicates ONLINE NOTE After installing the new toner cartridges the message TONER LOW or CHANGE TONER may appear on the display If this message does not disappear after a few pages have been printed reinstall the appropriate toner cartridge ES 3037 3037e Setting up 39 CONTROL PANEL 9 1 Attention indicator red ON indicates that attention is required but printing will continue FLASHING indicates that attention is required but printing will stop 2 Ready indicator green ON ready to receive data FLASHING indicates processing data or error 3 Liquid crystal display LCD panel Two rows of up to 24 alphanumeric characters displaying print status menu items in menu mode and error messages ES 3037 3037e Setting up 40 CONTROL PANEL CONTINUED o 0 O MENU ITEM VALUE SELECT 0 9 ON LINE CANCEL 0 O O 1 Menu button Press briefly to enter the MENU mode P
142. button 4 Press the ITEM button repeatedly until LANGUAGE is displayed 5 Press the VALUE button repeatedly until the required language is displayed 6 Press the SELECT button An asterisk appears next to the selected language 7 Press the ONLINE button ES 3037 3037e Setting up 43 Printing the MenuMap Print a list of menu settings to confirm that the printer is correctly configured Ready Menu _ Item Value _ Select Attention Online Cancel 1 Make sure there is paper in the paper tray 2 Press the MENU button until the INFORMATION MENU is displayed then press the SELECT button 3 Confirm that PRINT MENU MAP is displayed on the LCD 4 Press the SELECT button to print the menu map ES 3037 3037e Setting up 44 Media settings NOTE fthe settings in the printer differ from those selected on your computer the printer will not print and the LCD will display an error message The following printer settings are given as a guide only Some software applications require the paper feed size and media settings to be selected from within the application page setup mmm 9 Selecting paper feed Menu _ Item Value _ Select O Ready Attention z Online Cancel 1 Press the ONLINE button to place the printer offline 2 Press the MENU button repeatedly until PRINT MENU is displayed then press the SELECT button 3 Press the ITEM button u
143. color temperature of 6500K Ideal for office graphics and text Monitor 9300k Optimized for printing photographs when using a monitor with a color temperature of 6500K Digital Camera Optimized for printing photographs taken with a digital camera This tends to produce prints with lighter and brighter colors For some photographs other settings may be better depending on the subjects and the conditions under which they were taken sRGB Optimized for matching specific colors such as a company logo color The colors within the printer s color gamut are printed without any modification and only colors that fall outside the printable colors are modified ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 122 b Color Control PostScript Color Matching This uses PostScript Color Rendering Dictionaries built into the printer and affects both RGB and CMYK data Select the rendering type from the Rendering Intent drop down list Layout Paper Quality Job Options Color Overlay Color mode Color Control Method PostScript Color Matching x Rendering Intent Advanced Default Apply Rendering Intents When a document is printed a conversion takes place from the document s color space to the printer color space The rendering intents are essentially a set of rules that determine how this color conversion takes place The rendering intents that the printer driver provides are list
144. ct the pages on which it is to be printed NOTE The Overlay Name must be EXACTLY the same as the file name you made a noted of in the previous section This is the name under which the file is stored on the printers hard disk drive It is case sensitive 6 Enter or select a form name in the drop down box under Form setting then click Add Overlay Name looo PinonPages FistPace y DwomPees SS Enter page numbers and or page ranges separated by commas For example 1 3 5 12 m Form setting Form Name Stationery x Eda Rename Defined Forms NOTE The Form Name is a random name of your selection 7 Click OK 8 If required continue to add files to the overlay by repeating steps 4 through 7 ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 315 Highlight the overlay name s under Defined Overlay and click Add to add the overlay s to the list under Active Overlay to select more than one overlay hold the CTRL key while clicking on each name Overlay 21x MAX 4 Overlay Group Page Logo First Page Address All Pages Add Delete MAX 32 First Page All Pages 10 Select Use Overlay from the drop down list then click OK 11 Click OK to close the Properties dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 316 Defining Overlays PCL 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the printer name and click File t
145. cure print printing confidential documents see page 150 Storing files to the hard disk drive see page 153 Using overlays see page 156 Printing posters see page 169 NOTE Most applications allow the printer properties to be accessed from within the document print dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 109 FACTORS THAT AFFECT COLOR PRINTING The PCL and PostScript printer drivers supplied with your printer provide several controls for changing the color output For general use the default driver settings produce good results for most documents Many applications have their own color settings and these may override the settings in the printer driver Please refer to the documentation for your software application for details on how that particular program s color management functions If you wish to manually adjust the color settings in your printer driver please be aware that color reproduction is a complex topic and there are many factors to take into consideration Some of the most important factors are listed below Differences between the range of colors a monitor or printer can reproduce Neither a printer nor a monitor is capable of reproducing the full range of colors visible to the human eye Each device is restricted to a certain range of colors In addition to this a printer cannot reproduce all of the colors displayed on a monitor and vice versa Both devices use very different tech
146. cy Symbol to PostScript Fonts No Job Timeout 0 seconds Wait Timeout 300 seconds Minimum Font Size to Download as Outline 100 pixel s Maximum Font Size to Download as Bitmap 600 pixel s E EA Installable Options Available Tray 1 Standard Duplex v Hard Disk Installed v Apri 4 Click OK and close the Printers and Faxes dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Printer Drivers 96 PCL driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers and Faxes 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 Click the Device Option tab click Duplex Option Unit General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Device Option Available Options Available Tray 1 M Duplex Option Unit Printer Hard Disk Finisher R About 4 Click OK and close the Printers and Faxes dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Printer Drivers 97 For the high capacity feeder PostScript driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers and Faxes 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 Click the Device Settings tab Under Installable Options click Available Tray then select the appropriate setting 4 or 5 in the drop down list General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Device Settings fae Font Substitution Table Available PostScript Memory 4886 KB Output Protocol ASCII Send CTRL D Before Each Job No
147. d Device Settings m Form To Tray Assignment 56d Font Substitution Table Available PostScript Memory 4886 KB Output Protocol ASCII Send CTRL D Before Each Job No Send CTRL D After Each Job Yes Job Timeout 0 seconds Wait Timeout 300 seconds Minimum Font Size to Download as Outline 100 pixel s Maximum Font Size to Download as Bitmap 600 pixel s E Installable Options Available Tray Duplex Installed Hard Disk Not Installed Finisher Not Installed Memory Configuration 128 MB 4 Click OK and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Printer Drivers 180 PCL driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 Onthe Device Option tab select the number of trays installed 4 or 5 4 Click OK and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Printer Drivers 181 For the finisher PostScript driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 Click the Device Settings tab Under Installable Options click Finisher then select Installed in the drop down box General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Security Device Settings Hd P5 Device Settings Form To Tray Assignment E A Font Substitution Table Available PostScript Memory 4886 KB Output Protocol ASCII Send CTRL D Before Each Job No Send CTRL D After Each Job Yes Job Ti
148. d Please refer to the following tables Paper Sizes MP Tray Straight Thru Top Manual Face down A3 S D S S D S D A4 S D sa S D S D A5 S D S S D S D A6 b sa S D B4 S D S S D S D B5 S D Sa S D S D Letter S D sa S D S D Legal 14 S D Sa Sapo S D Legal 13 5 S D S S D S D Legal 13 S D Sa S DE S D Executive S D S S D S D A3 Wide S Da Sa S D S D A3 Outsize Nobi S D sa sa S D Tabloid S D S S D S D Tabloid Extra S D S S D S D Envelopes b sa Sa b Custom b sa S 5 a S Simplex D Duplex printing on both sides of the paper b Notusable c Width 3 to 12 9 inches 76 2 to 328 mm height 5 to 4774 inches 127 to 1200 mm Must be defined in the printer driver before printing ES 3037 3037e Setting up 50 Paper weights and media settings Exit MP Tray Straight Thru Top Manual face up face down Paper US Bond Metric 17 Ib 64 g m Light S Sa Sa s 18 to 19 Ib Medium ga sa ga S 68 71 g m light 20 to 24 Ib Medium S D Sa S D SIDA 75 90 g m 25 to 27 Ib Medium S Da sa S Da S Da 91 104 g m heavy 28 to 32 Ib Heavy b ga Sa Sa 105 122 g m 33 to 54 Ib Ultra heavy 5b ga sa b 123 203 g m Transparencies Media Weight Ignored Set MediaType Ignored sa sa sa b Transparency Labels 0 1 to 0 17 mm Medium b sa sa b thick Heavy 0 17 to 0 2 mm Ultra Heavy b sa sa b thick
149. dge A5 A6 B4 B5 Short Edge B5 Long Edge Legal 14 Legal 13 5 Legal 13 Tabloid Extra Tabloid Letter Short Edge Letter Long Edge Executive Custom Com 9 envelope LEF Com 10 envelope LEF Monarch envelope LEF DL Envelope LEF C5 Envelope LEF C4 Envelope LEF Plain Letterhead Transparency Labels Bond Recycled Card stock Rough Auto Light Medium Light Medium Medium Heavy Heavy Ultra Heavy inches Millimeter 3 inches to 12 9 inches Default 8 5 inches 5 inches to 35 5 inches Default 11 inches Description Sets the paper size for the multipurpose paper tray LEF Long Edge Feed Selects the paper type for multipurpose paper tray Sets the paper weight for the multipurpose MP paper tray Sets the units of measurement for custom paper size Sets the width of custom paper For these dimensions to work the MP tray paper size must be set to custom Sets the length of custom paper For these dimensions to work the MP tray paper size must be set to custom ES 3037 3037e Setting up 58 AUTO DENSITY MODE ADJUST DENSITY COLOR TUNING CYAN MAGENTA YELLOW OR BLACK HIGHLIGHT CYAN MAGENTA YELLOW OR BLACK MID TONE CYAN MAGENTA YELLOW OR BLACK DARK Color Menu The default settings are bold fe vee NN NM Auto Manual Execute Print pattern 0 14 2 3 3 2 1 0 14 2 3 3 2 1 0 14 2 3 3 2 1 Select whether density adjustment and Toner Response Curve
150. dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Printer Drivers 107 Network Printer Status utility Available on TCP IP network connection only The Network Printer Status utility is available if your administrator has installed it If the utility is installed you will see the following changes to the printer driver Properties dialog box anew Status tab is added an Option button is added to the Device Option tab This utility allows you to view but not change the status of the following on the Status tab paper trays installed and the media assigned to them total size and percentage used of disk memory percentage of toner remaining Important If you select Automatic Status Update in the Status tab the driver will automatically ping the printer for the latest status information every time you open the Properties dialog box This causes a significant delay until the Properties dialog box opens To avoid this use the Update Status button in the Status tab to manually update the information on demand ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Printer Drivers 108 Windows XP Operation This section explains how to set up color printing and how to use the printer s features including N up printing see page 130 Custom page sizes see page 132 Selecting print resolution see page 137 Duplex printing see page 138 e Watermarks see page 144 Collating see page 146 Proof and Print see page 147 e Se
151. ding the print file to use as an overlay 160 Defining Overlays PostScript 00 0 0 sees 162 Defining Overlays PCL escas i dsena eee eee 166 Printing posters PCL driver only 00008 169 Windows 2000 fice ececew eee dean ee new dewe dee nenee 171 Printer Drivers oi nevnanipeAeE EUER et eren d 171 Which printer driver to use 6 eee eee 171 Enabling Installed options in the drivers 4 172 For additional memory leeeleeeeeeeesl 172 For the internal hard disk drive 0005 174 For additional paper trays 0 0 0 0 eee eee 176 For the duplex unit 178 For the high capacity feeder 0 0008 180 For the finisher ree debet eR HRS 182 CHANGING defaults for paper feed size and media in the driver 184 Network Printer Status utility lees 189 ES 3037 3037e Windows Contents 5 ocu E 190 Factors that affect Color Printing 0 000 191 Viewing conditions 0 0 00 eee eee ees 192 Printer driver color settings 0 0 0 0 esses 192 Monitorsettings lesse 192 How your software application displays color 193 Paper type i telnemtoeetev eee NE AVE PIE 193 Choosing a color matching method 194 RGB or CMYK i eerie re RP ES 194 Matching Photographic Images 00 195 Matching Specific Colors e g a Comp
152. drivers 322 printer drivers 89 proof and print 380 proof and print 147 rendering intents 357 rendering intents 123 resolution 370 resolution 137 secure print 383 secure print 150 store to hard disk 387 store to hard disk 153 watermarks 377 watermarks 144 Windows XP Windows ICM color matching booklets 141 129 choosing a color matching method 113 collating 146 color matching 120 color swatch utility PCL 119 confidential documents 150 custom page sizes 132 duplex printing 138 enabling added memory in the driver 91 enabling optional paper trays in the driver 94 enabling the duplex unit in the driver 96 enabling the finisher in the driver 100 enabling the hard disk drive in the driver 92 enabling the high capacity feeder in the driver 98 factors that affect color printing 110 network printer status utility 108 n up printing 130 OKI using ICC profiles feature 126 operation 109 ES 3037 3037e Windows Index 546
153. e Executive Jertes lt 8037 3037e User s Guide Windows For the latest info goto http my okidata com 59353201 OKI Every effort has been made to ensure that the information in this document is complete accurate and up to date The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for the results of errors beyond its control The manufacturer also cannot guarantee that changes in software and equipment made by other manufacturers and referred to in this Guide will not affect the applicability of the information in it Mention of software products manufactured by other companies does not necessarily constitute endorsement by the manufacturer While all reasonable efforts have been made to make this document as accurate and helpful as possible we make no warranty of any kind expressed or implied as to the accuracy or completeness of the information contained herein Copyright O 2003 All rights reserved As an ENERGY STAR Program Participant the m manufacturer has determined that this product meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency This product complies with the requirements of the Council Directives 89 336 EEC EMC and 73 23 EEC LVD as amended where applicable on the approximation of the laws of the member states relating to electromagnetic compatibility and low voltage Oki and Microline are registered trademarks of Oki Electric Industry Company Ltd ENERGY STAR is a registered trademark of the Un
154. e Properties dialog box This causes a significant delay until the Properties box opens To avoid this use the Update Status button in the Status tab to manually update the information on demand ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Printer Drivers 261 Windows Me 98 95 Operation This section explains how to set up color printing and how to use the printer s features including N up printing see page 283 Custom page sizes see page 285 Selecting print resolution see page 289 Duplex printing see page 290 e Watermarks see page 294 Collating see page 296 Font substitution see page 297 Proof and Print see page 298 Secure print printing confidential documents see page 302 Storing files to the hard disk drive see page 305 Using overlays see page 308 Printing posters see page 320 NOTE Most applications allow the printer properties to be accessed from within the document print dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 262 FACTORS THAT AFFECT COLOR PRINTING The PCL and PostScript printer drivers supplied with your printer provide several controls for changing the color output For general use the default driver settings produce good results for most documents Many applications have their own color settings and these may override the settings in the printer driver Please refer to the documentation for your software application for details on how that particular p
155. e Utilities 503 Step 4 Add the bin Files to the Project NOTE You can also add files to the project by opening either My Computer or Microsoft Explorer browsing to the directory where the prn files are stored then selecting the files and dragging them into the Project box 1 Click Projects Add File to Project The Open dialog box appears 2 Highlight the bin file you wish to add and click Open The file name appears in the Project dialog box 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 until all the files you wish to include in the project appear in the Project dialog box To delete a file from the project click the file name then click Projects Remove File from Project ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 504 Step 5 Check bin File Settings and Save the Project 1 To check the settings for the bin files double click the file name The Edit Component Name and ID dialog box appears 2 Here you can edit the file name D number the number you need to enter in the printer driver when printing overlays volume 0 printer s disk drive PCL partition 1 printer s disk drive Common partition diskO printer s disk drive PostScript partition 2 Flash memory PCL FlashO Flash memory PostScript path 3 Click OK 4 When you re through reviewing the settings click Projects gt Save Project Step 6 Download the Project to the Printer 1 Click Projects Send Project Files to Printer Command Issu
156. e instructions explain how to change the settings as you are printing a job If you wish to change the settings to apply to all jobs e Click Start Settings Printers Right click the appropriate printer name then select Properties Follow steps 3 etc below Note that the Properties screen for setting defaults will have more tabs ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 219 Duplex printing using the PostScript driver 1 2 Open the file in your application and select File Print In the Print dialog box click the PS driver on the General tab then click the Layout tab Under Print on Both Sides Duplex tab select Flip on Long Edge or Flip on Short Edge Click Print TT 8 8 0o General Layout Paper Quality Job Options Color Overlay m Orientation f Portrait C Landscape Rotated Landscape Side 1 Side 2 Print on Both Sides Duplex C None Flip on Long Edge C Flip on Short Edge m Page Order Front to Back a C Back to Front Pages Per Sheet 1 x ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 220 Duplex printing using the PCL driver 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 Inthe Print dialog box click the PCL driver on the General tab then click the Setup tab 3 Under 2 Sided Printing select Long Edge or Short Edge 4 Click Print LT on General Setup Job Options Color m Media Size fletersSx
157. e overlay in the Overlay Name list and select the pages on which it is to be printed NOTE The Overlay Name must be EXACTLY the same as the file name you made a noted of in the previous section This is the name under which the file is stored on the printers hard disk drive It is case sensitive ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 395 6 Enter or select a form name in the drop down list under Form setting then click Add verlay Name oo Print on Pages istre m Custom Pages Enter page numbers and or page ranges separated by commas For example 1 3 5 12 r Form setting Form Name Stationery x NOTE The Form Name is a random name of your selection 7 Click OK 8 If required continue to add files to the overlay by repeating steps 4 through 7 ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 396 9 Highlight the overlay name s under Defined Overlay and click Add to add the overlay s to the list under Active Overlay to select more than one overlay hold the CTRL key while clicking on each name Setting of Overlay L2 x Disable Overlay x Active Overlay Max 4 Pages Address First Page Logo First Page Edd Delete Defined Overlay Max 32 Pages Address First Page Logo First Page New Edi DEBE Ok Cancel 10 Select Use Overlay from the drop down list at the top of the dialog box then click OK 11 Click OK to close the De
158. e printer OFF wait at least 10 seconds before switching it ON again This allows the internal power levels to drop Switching on too soon could cause the printer to malfunction 1 Press the MENU button until the SHUTDOWN MENU is displayed then press the SELECT button 2 Press the Select button again to EXECUTE the shutdown sequence 3 When PLEASE POWER OFF SHUTDOWN COMPLETED is displayed turn the printer off using the power switch ES 3037 3037e Setting up 86 INTERFACES Your printer is equipped with a selection of data interfaces 1 Parallel For direct connection to a PC This port requires a bi directional IEEE 1284 compliant parallel cable 2 USB For connection to a PC running Windows 98 or above not Windows 95 upgraded to Windows 98 or Macintosh This port requires a cable conforming to USB version 1 1 or above The operation of a printer is not assured if a USB compatible device is connected concurrently with other USB compatible machines When connecting multiple printers of the same type they appear as 2 3 etc These numbers depend on the order of connecting or turning on each printer NOTE Administrator s authority is required when installing a network connection ES 3037 3037e Setting up 87 3 Ethernet For network cable connection See your printed Software Installation Guide for information on Making the interface connections Installing
159. e that the Properties screen for setting defaults will have more tabs 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the Print dialog box click the appropriate driver on the General tab 3 Click the Job Options tab 4 Select the required printing resolution under Quality PostScript Driver HIN PCL Driver 2x CICIGEEENNEENSE 2x General Layout Paper Cuality Job Options Color Overlay Job Type General Setup Job Options Color m Job Type G Normal Normal Proof and Print Proof and Print C Secure Print C Secure Print FIN Store to HDD BIN C Store to HDD Copes 1 I Collate Copies 1 Collat opies p e GE edie Qualiy 100 c Finisher hus RET C Nomal C Fast Toner Saving px En hx gt Finisher 3 5 Select Toner Saving if appropriate 6 Click Print ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 218 DUPLEX PRINTING PRINTING ON BOTH SIDES OF THE PAPER NOTE The optional duplex unit must be installed in the printer and enabled before duplex printing can be carried out e Standard paper sizes only Paper weight range 20 to 28 Ib US Bond 75 to 105 g m Paper must be loaded print side up Only Tray 1 optional Trays 2 and 3 and the High Capacity Feeder trays can be used for duplex printing The Multi purpose tray cannot be used for duplex printing NOTE Thes
160. e you set in the printer driver the printer will not print and the LCD will display an error message The following printer driver instructions are given as a guide only Some software applications require the paper feed size and media settings to be selected from within the software under Page Setup PostScript drivers 1 Click Start Settings Printers and Faxes 2 Right click the printer name and click Printing Preferences Layout Paper Quality Job Options Color Overlay Orientation Portrait O Landscape O Rotated Landscape Print on Both Sides 9 None Q Flip on Long Edge O Flip on Short Edge Page Order Front to Back Back to Front Pages Per Sheet 1 v Apply ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Printer Drivers 102 3 If you will be using heavy media transparencies envelopes or labels click the Job Options tab and set the Output Bin under Finisher to Stacker Face up Layout Paper Quality Job Options Color Overlay Quality r dob Type Normal Proof and Print Secure Print Store to HDD PIN Copies 1 2 Collate Fine n Normal Freher z 7 C Fast Toner Saving Output Bin Stacker Face up Scale E 100 24 E Advanced Default 4 Click the Paper Quality tab Under Tray Selection select the paper feed in the Paper Source drop down list Layout Paper Quality Job Options Color Overlay Tray Selection Paper So
161. ebleArea Defauit Deteut covet Jo t coe tee 4 Select the required paper size under Size ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Printer Drivers 259 5 Select the required paper feed under Source NOTE If a paper tray is selected the Type or Weight field becomes visible 6 Select the required paper type under Type PostScript or Weight PCL NOTE If Printer Setting is selected make sure the printer has been set to the correct media type 7 Click Paper Feed Options and make any other selections then click OK PostScript Driver PCL Driver 8 Click OK to close the printer dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Printer Drivers 260 Network Printer Status utility Available on TCP IP network connection only The Network Printer Status utility is available if your administrator has installed it If the utility is installed you will see the following changes to the printer driver Properties dialog box anew Status tab is added an Option button is added to the Device Option tab This utility allows you to view but not change the status of the following on the Status tab paper trays installed and the media assigned to them total size and percentage used of disk memory percentage of toner remaining Important If you select Automatic Status Update in the Status tab the driver will automatically ping the printer for the latest status information every time you open th
162. ected in the Files of type drop down list 3 Browse to the folder where the files are saved and select the files you wish to add to the project then click Open The Information dialog box appears 4 Click OK The files are saved as HST 5 Repeat steps 1 through 4 until you have added all the files you wish to add to the Project NOTE To delete a file from the project click the file name then click Projects Remove File from Project ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 498 Step 4 Checkthe Location for Storing the Files in the Printer s Memory If your printer is equipped with an internal hard disk drive the Storage Device Manager will automatically save the forms to the PostScript partition on the hard drive f your printer does not have an internal hard disk drive the Storage Device Manager will automatically store the forms in the PostScript section of the Flash memory To store the forms in the Flash memory instead of on the hard disk drive 1 Double click the file name in the Project window The Edit Component Name and ID dialog box appears 2 Under Volume type in Flash0 then click OK Step 5 Save the Project and Download it to the Printer 1 Click Projects Save Project 2 Click Projects Send Project Files to Printer Command Issued appears 3 Click OK Step 6 Test Print the Form 1 With Storage Device Manager open and the appropriate printer icon highlighted click Printers
163. ed and then closed and adjusts the color balance automatically It can even be set to adjust the color balance during long print runs Auto media detect detects the weight of the media being fed through the printer then automatically adjusts the fusing temperature speed if necessary and transfer voltage to ensure correct fusing and print quality ES 3037 3037e Introduction 17 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL This manual will lead you logically through the unpacking setup and operation of your printer to help you to make the best use of its many advanced features It also includes e troubleshooting information maintenance guidelines instructions for adding optional accessories as your needs evolve NOTES This User s Guide has been written using one printer as a model and the illustrations screenshots reflect this The information in this manual is supplemented by the extensive online help facility associated with the printer driver software Online usage This manual is intended to be read on screen using Adobe Acrobat Reader Use the navigation and viewing tools provided in Acrobat You can access specific information in two ways In the list of bookmarks down the left hand side of your screen click the topic of interest to jump to the required topic If the bookmarks are not available use the Table of Contents n the list of bookmarks click Index to jump to the Index If the bookmarks are not avail
164. ed appears 2 Click OK ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 505 B Test Printing PCL Macros 1 With Storage Device Manager open and the appropriate printer icon highlighted click Printers Test Macro The Test Macro dialog box appears Enter the ID number for the macro file you wish to print you can get this from the File List printout look under Volume 0 e g for 2 OKI BIN enter 2 then click OK Command Issued appears Click OK and wait for the macro to print ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 506 Printing the File List To print out a list of files in the printer s memory 1 With Storage Device Manager open click Printers Print File Listing Command Issued appears 2 Click OK and wait for the File List to print NOTE You can also print the File List from the printer s menu Press MENU until INFORMATION MENU appears Press ITEM until PRINT FILE LIST appears Press SELECT ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 507 Maintaining the Internal Hard Drive and Flash Memory HDD Print Jobs The HDD Print Jobs feature allows you to view and delete the Proof amp Print and Secure Print files stored on the printer s internal hard drive 1 Open Storage Device Manager and click the icon for the printer whose contents you wish to view 2 Click Printers HDD Print Jobs The HDD Print Jobs dialog box appears HDD Print Jobs xi Access m Job Types C View User Jobs Ova ae
165. ed below ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 123 Auto Best choice for printing general documents Perceptual Best choice for printing photographs Compresses the source gamut into the printer s gamut while maintaining the overall appearance of an image Saturation Best choice for printing bright and saturated colors if you don t necessarily care how accurate the colors are This makes it the recommended choice for graphs charts diagrams etc Maps fully saturated colors in the source gamut to fully saturated colors in the printer s gamut Relative Colorimetric Good for proofing CMYK color images on a desktop printer Much like Absolute Colorimetric except that it scales the source white to the usually paper white i e unlike Absolute Colorimetric this attempts to take the paper white into account Absolute Colorimetric Best for printing solid colors and tints such as Company logos etc Matches colors common to both devices exactly and clips the out of gamut colors to their nearest printed equivalent Tries to print white as it appears on screen The white of a monitor is often very different from paper white so this may result in color casts especially in the lighter areas of an image c Color Control Using ICC Profile This option provides a method of matching RGB colors similar to Windows ICM matching See OKI Using ICC Profiles feature PostScript driver only on page 126
166. eft 0 18 4 0 18 425 Bottom 0 18 10 18 5 50 Bight D 42 24 0 18 4 25 Cancel Help Default 5 Click OK to close the Properties dialog box 6 Print the document ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 283 N Up printing using the PCL driver 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the print dialog box click the appropriate PCL driver then click Properties or Setup or your application s equivalent 3 On the Setup tab under Finishing Mode select the required number of pages per sheet Setup Job Options Color Letter 8 5 x 11in Source Automatically Select zl Paper Feed Options Einishing Mode Add Eao Letter 8 5 x 11in Default i Cancel pb Hep 4 Click Options and select the page borders and layout then click OK Standard r Options EE E Page Borders Page layout Portait ay Landscape La Bind Margin iNone E oo E mm ok ces He 5 Click OK to close the Properties dialog box 6 Print the document ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 284 PRINTING CUSTOM PAGE SIZES Custom page sizes can only be printed from the Multi purpose tray The printer media size for the Multi purpose tray must be manually set in the driver to the custom paper size before use range 3 to 8 inches 89 to 216 mm wide x 5 to 14 inches 127 to 356 mm long
167. elt 414 Transporting 420 Troubleshooting Miscellaneous problems 441 Paper jams 425 U Unpacking 20 Usage Menu 77 Utilities color swatch 483 network printer status 535 OKILPR 538 pdf direct print 486 PrintSuperVision 532 storage device manager 490 W Watermarks Windows 2000 226 Windows Me 98 95 294 Windows NT 377 Windows XP 144 Windows 2000 booklets 222 changing media defaults in the driver 184 choosing a color matching method 194 collating 228 color matching 201 color swatch utility PCL 200 confidential documents 232 custom page sizes 213 duplex printing 219 enabling added memory in the driver 172 enabling optional paper trays in the driver 176 enabling the duplex unit in the driver 178 enabling the finisher in the driver 182 enabling the hard disk drive in the driver 174 enabling the high capacity feeder in the driver 180 factors that affect color printing 191 network printer status utility 189 n up printing 211 OKI using ICC profiles feature 207 operation 190 overlays 238 posters 251 printer drivers 171 proof and print 229 rendering intents 205 resolution 218 secure print 232 store to hard disk 235 watermarks 226 ES 3037 3037e Windows Index 544 Windows ICM color matching 210 Windows ICM Color Matching Windows 2000 210 Windows XP 129 Windows ICM color matching Windows Me 98 95 281 Windows Me booklets 292 Windows Me 98 95 operation 262 Windows Me 98 95 choosing
168. emory or on the hard disk supplied on some models optional on others and printed whenever required The result is similar to the Watermark feature but with the ability to be much more elaborate Overlays can be useful for tasks such as printing letterheads forms or invoices and should reduce the need for pre printed stationery An example of using Overlays Suppose that you have created and stored three files in the printer using the Storage Device Manager the company logo the company address e the company mission statement The Overlay feature allows these files to be incorporated into your document in various combinations depending on your requirements ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 308 To create overlays 1 Create the document that you wish to use for Overlay printing e g a letterhead and generate a PRN file print file using the printer driver 2 Use the Storage Device Manager utility to convert this PRN file print file to a storable file format and download it to the printer Once someone has set up all the necessary overlay files on the printer other users only have to switch on the required settings in the printer driver to use the overlays NOTE The internal hard disk must be installed in the printer to allow for spooling of the print job before final printing If the hard disk memory is insufficient for the spooled data DISK FULL is displayed and only one copy printed If the s
169. ent Tries to print white as it appears on screen The white of a monitor is often very different from paper white so this may result in color casts especially in the lighter areas of an image ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 205 Color Control Using ICC Profile This option provides a method of matching RGB colors similar to Windows ICM matching See OKI Using ICC Profiles feature PostScript driver only on page 207 a Color Control No Color Matching Use this option to switch off all printer color matching b Color Control Print in Grayscale This option prints all documents as monochrome ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 206 OKI USING ICC PROFILES FEATURE POSTSCRIPT DRIVER ONLY Affects RGB data only This provides a method of matching RGB colors similar to Windows ICM matching The main advantage it has over Windows ICM color matching is that it provides a method of printing using both input and output profiles Windows ICM matching only allows output profiles to be chosen Input Profiles e g a digital camera provide information about the color in the original device that was used to capture or display the image data For example an input device could be a scanner digital camera or monitor Output Profiles e g the ES 3037 printer provide information about the device to which you are printing The Using ICC Profiles feature uses both the input and output profiles to generate a CR
170. epending on the application from which you are printing Some applications will override any color matching settings in the printer driver without warning RGB or CMYK The guidelines for choosing a color matching method makes distinctions between Red Green Blue RGB and Cyan Magenta Yellow Black CMYK Generally most documents you print will be in RGB format This is the most common and if you do not know your document s color mode assume that it is RGB Typically CMYK documents are only supported in professional Desktop Publishing and Graphics applications ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 113 Matching Photographic Images RGB only Oki Color Matching see page 121 is a generally a good choice Select a matching method appropriate to your monitor RGB or CMYK If you are printing photographic images from a graphics application such as Adobe Photoshop you may be able to use Soft Proofing to simulate the printed image on your monitor To do this you can use the ICC Profiles provided by Oki see Windows ICM color matching on page 129 and then print using the ICC profiles as the Print Space or Output space Matching Specific Colors e g a Company logo RGB only Oki Color Matching see page 121 and the sRGB setting PCL or PS driver PostScript Color Matching using the Absolute Colorimetric option see page 123 Use the Color Swatch Utility to print out a chart of RGB swatches and ent
171. epending on the subjects and the conditions under which they were taken sRGB Optimized for matching specific colors such as a company logo color The colors within the printer s color gamut are printed without any modification and only colors that fall outside the printable colors are modified 5 Set any other required parameters using the on line Help for guidance 6 When you are done click OK to close the Properties dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 271 The Print Color Swatch Utility For use with applications which allow you to set your own RGB values for colors The Color Swatch utility prints out charts of sample colors Listed below each color are the corresponding RGB Red Green Blue values to use in your application to match that printed color An example of using the Print Color Swatch function You wish to print a logo in a particular shade of red The steps you would follow are 1 Click Start Settings Printers Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties Click the Color tab Click Color Swatch to print the color swatch samples o BON Select the shade of red that best suits your needs and make a note of the RGB value below that particular shade 6 Using your program s color picker enter these same RGB values from step 5 and change the logo to that color NOTE The RGB color displayed on your monitor may not necessarily match what was printed
172. er ES 3037 3037e Windows Troubleshooting 431 8 Checkany additional paper trays if any additional paper trays 1 or the high capacity feeder 2 are installed pull out the paper trays and check that no paper is jammed along the various parts of the exit path 9 Close the top cover pressing down to latch it in place ES 3037 3037e Windows Troubleshooting 432 PARALLEL TRANSMISSION MODE The parallel port supports IEEE 1284 and ECP mode If your computer s parallel port is not compatible with one of these modes the printer may not print at all or it may print corrupted data To correct for this enter the printer s Parallel Menu and change the ECP setting to Disable Ready Value Select Attention 1 Press the MENU button until PARALLEL MENU is displayed then press the SELECT button 2 Press the ITEM button until ECP is displayed 3 Press the VALUE button to change the display to DISABLE 4 Press the SELECT button An asterisk appears to the right of the selected setting 5 Press the ONLINE button to return the printer to online status ES 3037 3037e Windows Troubleshooting 433 PROBLEM SOLVING Paper feed problems Paper jams are frequent More than one sheet feeds at a time Paper curls Paper feeds at an angle The printer is not horizontal Place the printer on a stable level surface The paper is too thin Use the correct type of paper see Specifications The paper is moi
173. er n eR esa ee ger eR e amp 344 How your software application displays color 345 Papettype es gx ER ete EE EE ER Ed 345 Choosing a color matching method 0 04 346 RGB or CMYK wos exa og eee I RES RE 346 Matching Photographic Images 0005 346 Matching Specific Colors e g a Company logo 347 Printing Vivid Colors 0 0 runerne ee eee 347 Color matching PCL Driver 0 0 0 0 00 essen 348 Color Matching Options 000000008 348 The Print Color Swatch Utility 2 00 0 00 0 0 0 00 351 Color matching PostScript Driver llle less 352 Color Matching Options 000000008 352 Printing multiple pages on one sheet nup printing coss seta ner pe ERE ERES ERES 359 N Up printing using the PostScript driver 359 N Up printing using the PCL driver 0 0 360 Printing custom page Sizes 2 6 eee eee 362 Printing custom pages using the PostScript driver 362 Printing custom pages using the PCL driver 367 Changing the resolution for a print job 370 ES 3037 3037e Windows Contents 9 Printing on both sides of the paper duplex printing cree Ete ES Eee 372 Duplex printing using the PostScript driver 373 Duplex printing using the PCL driver 374 Printing booklets PCL driver onl
174. er to landscape ES 3037 3037e Setting up 68 FX emulation The default settings are bold CHARACTER 10 CPI 12 CPI 17 CPI 20 PITCH CPI PROPORTIONAL CHARACTER Set 1 Set 2 SET SYMBOL SET PC 8 PC 8 Dan Nor PC 8 TK PC 775 PC 850 PC 852 PC 855 PC 857 TK PC 858 PC 866 PC 869 PC 1004 Pi Font Plska Mazvia PS Math PS Text Roman 8 Roman 9 Roman Ext Serbo Croat1 Serbo Croat2 Spanish Ukrainian VN Int l VN Math VN US Win 3 0 Win 3 1 Blt Win 3 1 Cyr Win 3 1 Grk Win 3 1 Heb Win 3 1 L1 Win 3 1 L2 Win 3 1 L5 ISO Swedish1 ISO Swedish2 ISO Swedish3 ISO 2 IRV ISO 4 UK ISO 6 ASC ISO 10 S F ISO 11 Swe ISO 14 JASC ISO 15 Ita ISO 16 Por ISO 17 Spa ISO 21 Ger ISO 25 Fre ISO 57 Chi ISO 60 Nor ISO 61 Nor ISO 69 Fre ISO 84 Por ISO 85 Spa Kamenicky Legal Math 8 MC Text MS Publish PC Ext D N PC Ext US PC Seti PC Set2 D N PC Set2 US Bulgarian CWI Hung DeskTop German Greek 437 Greek 437 Cy Greek 928 Hebrew NC Hebrew OC IBM 437 IBM 850 IBM 860 IBM 863 IBM 865 ISO Dutch ISO L1 ISO L2 ISO L5 ISO L6 ISO L9 LETTER 0 Disable Enable STYLE Description Specifies character pitch in this emulation Specifies a character set Specifies a symbol set Specifies the style that replaces 9BH with o and 9DH with a zero ES 3037 3037e Setting up 69 FX emulation continued The default settings are bold ZERO CHARACTER LINE PITCH WHITE
175. er your desired RGB values in your application s color picker PS only see page 119 RGB or CMYK If you are printing from a graphics application such as Adobe Photoshop you may be able to use Soft Proofing to simulate the printed image on your monitor To do this you can use the ICC Profiles provided by Oki see Windows ICM color matching on page 129 and then print using the ICC profiles as the Print Space or Output space PS only Alternatively use PostScript Color Matching with the Absolute Colorimetric setting see page 123 ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 114 Printing Vivid Colors RGB only Use Oki Color Matching see page 121 with the Monitor 6500k Vivid SRGB or Digital Camera settings PCL or PS RGB or CMYK Use PostScript Color Matching see page 123 with the Saturation option ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 115 COLOR MATCHING PCL DRIVER Color Matching Options The Color Matching options in the PCL driver can be used to help match your printed colors to the ones displayed on your monitor NOTE The PCL driver s color options are only designed to work with RGB data If you are printing CMYK data we recommend you use the PostScript driver To manually set the color matching options in the PCL driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers and Faxes 2 Right click the appropriate printer name and click Printing Preferences 3 Click the Color tab Setup
176. ernet Explorer 4 0 or higher to run ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 490 General Information Storage Device Manager SDM provides a means of managing The printer s internal hard disk drive standard on all dxn models 10 GB partitioned as Common PCL and PostScript The printer s flash memory 2 MB Using the software improves the internal performance of the printer and provides a tool for downloading files from the computer to the printer s memory including Overlays such as logos addresses etc Graphic files Forms such as letterheads invoices etc NOTE The printer s internal hard drive does not communicate directly back to the Storage Device Manager software it sends any error messages to the printer display If things seems to be stuck go to the printer and check the display ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 491 Summary of Storage Device Manager Functions Create or modify a project Download files to a printer Add or remove printers being administered Reboot the printer Manage the Proof amp Print and Secure Print spooler queues on the internal hard drive Delete files from the internal hard disk or from the flash memory View the status configuration and variables for a printer Print the demo page PCL fonts list or PostScript font list from a printer Print one or more PCL format macros or PostScript forms Overlays ES 3037 3037e Software Util
177. ers 89 ENABLING INSTALLED OPTIONS IN THE DRIVERS Certain options such as additional memory the duplexer or additional trays may be installed in your printer Before using the printer you must enter the printer driver s and enable the options You only need to do this once ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Printer Drivers 90 For additional memory PostScript driver only If you have additional memory in your printer use these instructions to update the Windows PostScript driver so that it recognizes the additional memory 1 Click Start Settings Printers and Faxes 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 Click the Device Settings tab 4 Under Installable Options click Memory Configuration then set the memory in the drop down list to be the same as that now installed in the printer as shown in the MenuMap to generate a MenuMap printout see Printing the MenuMap on page 44 General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Device Settings E A Font Substitution Table Available PostScript Memory 4886 KB Output Protocol ASCII Send CTRL D Before Each Job No Send CTRL D After Each Job Yes Convert Gray Text to PostScript Gray No Convert Gray Graphics to PostScript Gray No Add Euro Currency Symbol to PostScript Fonts No Job Timeout 0 seconds Wait Timeout 300 seconds Minimum Font Size to Download as Outline 100 pixels Maximum Font Size to Downl
178. es aco RR RLITEEARYEWEREIINA 440 Miscellaneous problems 0 0 c eee 44 The power is on but the printer does not go online 441 Print processing does not start 0 0 eee eee eee 441 Print processing cancels 0 0c ee eee eee ee eee 441 Printer makes a strange noise llle 441 An asterisk symbol appears on the display repeatedly moving across the first line then the second 442 It takes a long time to start printing 04 442 Accessories asses o ERR LER ERR RA UA QC Rana es 443 Introduction ees cale teen Tes eise de edenda 443 Additional memory er RR RA 444 Installing additional memory 0 20008 445 Internal hard disk drive 2 0 0 eee lees 448 Installing the hard disk drive 0 0 0 eran 448 Duplex uit iiie whet rua REC ea RPM 451 Additional paper trays 2 0 eee eee 456 Installation 2 eis ibe Sa ae be RE eee egens 456 High capacity feeder HCF 000000000008 460 Installing the high capacity feeder 04 460 Finish ttz zie pert RR DERE dee eR ete pons 464 Specifications seeds s euhun nha Rm RARE ARA dae eee a 465 ES 3037 3037e Windows Contents 11 TONET za anh eR EP RES AA P as 469 DIU 0 64 20 sa eR aye stew RES e Rer EE SER ere 469 PUSem UNIS o dd ee adea Reta sores A eg e 470 Transfer belt rniii ria eo RO Rees Ae ce ee ees 470 ORIS printm dia oem
179. evice Settings tab Under Installable Options click Available Trays then select the appropriate number of trays not including the Multi Purpose tray in the drop down box General Sharing Ports l Advanced l Color Management Security Device Settings Device Settings 3 Form To Tray Assignment fae Font Substitution Table Available PostScript Memory 4886 KB Output Protocol ASCII Send CTRL D Before Each Job No Send CTRL D After Each Job Yes Job Timeout 0 seconds Wait Timeout 300 seconds Minimum Font Size to Download as Outline 100 pixel s Maximum Font Size to Download as Bitmap 600 pixel s an Installable Options Available Tray EASES Duplex Installed Hard Disk Not Installed Finisher Not Installed Memory Configuration 128 MB Cancel Apply 4 Click OK and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Printer Drivers 176 PCL driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 Onthe Device Option tab select the appropriate number of trays not including the Multi Purpose tray 4 Click OK and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Printer Drivers 177 For the duplex unit PostScript driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 Click the Device Settings tab Under Installable Options click Dup
180. fault 22 1 59 default 4 OFF ON Execute Description Sets Tray 4 number for PCL emulation Sets Tray 5 number for PCL emulation Sets MP Tray number for PCL emulation Sets whether to rotate the drum in idle mode before printing to reduce horizontal white lines effect This will shorten image drum life Prints out data received from the host PC in a hexadecimal dump ES 3037 3037e Setting up 76 EEPROM RESET SAVE MENU RESTORE MENU POWER SAVE PAPER BLACK SETTING PAPER COLOR SETTING TRANSPR BLACK SETTING TRANSPR COLOR SETTING Maintenance menu The default settings are bold LEE NEEEE NN Execute Execute Execute Enable Disable 0 1 2 2 1 0 1 2 22 1 0 1 2 2 1 0 1 2 22 1 Initializes EEPROM for each unit Saves the current menu settings Reverts to stored menu settings Only displayed if there are saved menu settings Selects power save mode when no input is received for a specified time See also System adjust menu Not normally used Not normally used Not normally used Not normally used ES 3037 3037e Setting up 77 TOTAL PAGE COUNT TRAY 1 PAGE COUNT TRAY 2 PAGE COUNT TRAY 3 PAGE COUNT TRAY 4 PAGE COUNT TRAY 5 PAGE COUNT MP TRAY PAGE COUNT COLOR PAGE COUNT MONOCHROME PAGE COUNT BLACK DRUM LIFE CYAN DRUM LIFE MAGENTA DRUM LIFE YELLOW DRUM LIFE BELT LIFE FUSER LIFE B
181. fault dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 397 Defining Overlays PCL 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the printer name and click Document Defaults 3 4 Click the Job Options tab Click the Overlay button Testam ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 398 5 To define an overlay click the Define Overlays button Defined Overlays Add Apply Remove Overlay Name Dyas Pint on Pages ups z CustomPages OS Enter page numbers and or page ranges separated by commas For example 1 3 5 12 HN 6 Enter the file name of the overlay in the Overlay Name box NOTE The Overlay Name must be EXACTLY the same as the file name you made a noted of in the previous section This is the name under which the file is stored on the printer s hard disk drive It is case sensitive 7 Enter the ID of the file in ID Values Please refer to the instructions for the Storage Device Manager utility 8 Select which pages the overlay is to be printed on from Print on Pages or use Custom Pages to select specific page numbers in the document then click Add 9 Click Close 10 Repeat steps 5 though 9 for each overlay you wish to add 11 Highlight the overlay name under Defined Overlay and click the Add button to add the overlay to the list in Active Overlays ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 399 12 Select Print Using Active Overlays
182. ficantly affect the printed color For example a printout on recycled paper can look duller than one on specially formulated glossy paper ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 265 CHOOSING A COLOR MATCHING METHOD There is no one way to achieve a good match between the document displayed on your monitor and its printed equivalent There are many factors involved in achieving accurate and reproducible color However the following guidelines may help in achieving good color output from your printer There are several suggested methods depending on the type of document you are printing NOTE These suggestions are for guidance only Your results may vary depending on the application from which you are printing Some applications will override any color matching settings in the printer driver without warning RGB or CMYK The guidelines for choosing a color matching method makes distinctions between Red Green Blue RGB and Cyan Magenta Yellow Black CMYK Generally most documents you print will be in RGB format This is the most common and if you do not know your document s color mode assume that it is RGB Typically CMYK documents are only supported in professional Desktop Publishing and Graphics applications ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 266 Matching Photographic Images RGB only Oki Color Matching see page 276 is a generally a good choice Select a matching method appropriate to yo
183. fication and only colors that fall outside the printable colors are modified 5 Set any other required parameters using the on line Help for guidance 6 When you are done click OK and close the Printing Preferences dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 118 The Print Color Swatch Utility For use with applications which allow you to set your own RGB values for colors The Color Swatch utility prints out charts of sample colors Listed below each color are the corresponding RGB Red Green Blue values to use in your application to match that printed color An example of using the Print Color Swatch function You wish to print a logo in a particular shade of red The steps you would follow are 1 Click Start Settings Printers and Faxes 2 Right click the printer name and click Printing Preferences 3 Click the Color tab 4 Click the Color Swatch button to print the color swatch samples 5 Select the shade of red that best suits your needs and make a note of the RGB value below that particular shade 6 Using your program s color picker enter these same RGB values from step 5 and change the logo to that color NOTE The RGB color displayed on your monitor may not necessarily match what was printed on the color swatch If this is the case it is probably due to the difference between how your monitor and printer reproduce color ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 119 COLOR MATCHIN
184. figuration 128 MB Change Available Tray Setting 1 Standard 2 1 Optional Tray 3 2 Optional Trays 5 High Capacity Feeder 1 Optional Tray 4 Click OK and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Printer Drivers 331 PCL driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 On the Device Option tab under Available Options select the number of trays installed 4 or 5 in the Available Tray list 4 Click OK and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Printer Drivers 332 For the finisher PostScript driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 Click the Device Settings tab Under Installable Options click Finisher then select Installed in the Change Finisher Setting list General Ports Scheduling Sharing Securty Device Settings x Add Euro Currency Symbol to PostScript Fonts No Mj Job Timeout 0 seconds g Wait Timeout lt 300 seconds gt Minimum Font Size to Download as Outline 100 pixel s g Maximum Font Size to Download as Bitmap lt 600 pixel s 6 Installable Options t5 Available Tray 4 High Capacity Feeder t Duplex Installed ip Hard Disk Installed fig Finisher Installed ip Memory Configuration lt 128 MB gt Change Finisher Setting
185. file s that you created earlier PCL This automatically generates a BIN file Important At this step you will see in the project window that the BIN file is assigned an ID number You can change this ID number by double clicking it and entering a new one in the ID field PostScript This automatically generates a PostScript hst file Note the name that the file is assigned in the Storage Device Manager Names are case sensitive NOTE For PCL and PS this is important because you need to use this ID number or name when creating overlays in the printer driver Therefore it is recommended you change the ID number or name from the default value and note it for later use 4 Make sure the printer being used is highlighted in the lower window of the Storage Device Manager 5 Select the Project menu and then choose Send Project Files to Printer This downloads the file to the printer The Storage Device Manager displays Command Issued to indicate that the file was downloaded successfully 6 Close the Storage Device Manager ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 313 Defining Overlays PostScript 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 Click the Job Options tab then click the Overlay button 4 Define Overlays ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 314 5 Enter the file name of the overlay in the Overlay Name box and sele
186. g sure the hard disk moves forward and fully engages with the socket 5 Replace the main board and secure it with the two screws 6 Connectthe printer interface cable and power cable then switch on the printer Print a MenuMap see Printing the MenuMap on page 44 and check that the HDD appears at the top of the MenuMap If it doesn t pull the main board back out and reseat the HDD ES 3037 3037e Accessories 449 The printer will automatically configure to include this option However you can also set the menu manually as follows 1 Press the MENU button until DISK MAINTENANCE is displayed then press the SELECT button 2 When HDD INITIALIZE is displayed press the SELECT button 3 Press the ITEM button to shut down the printer 4 Switch the printer on again The printer has to be switched off and back on again to initialize the hard disk before use NOTE Wheninitializing the hard disk any fonts overlays or print jobs that have been acknowledged will be erased The Storage Device Manager can also be used to initialize the hard disk after installation Please refer to the User Guide for the Storage Device Manager 5 In the printer driver s change the settings to include the new hard disk drive For Windows XP see page 92 For Windows 2000 see page 174 For Windows Me 98 95 PostScript driver only see page 255 For Windows NT 4 0 see page 325 ES 3037 3037e Accessories
187. ge counts and data for printer consumables ES 3037 3037e Factory Default Settings 481 Software Utilities OVERVIEW Included with your printer is a selection of software utility programs designed to help you get the most out of your printer Load these programs from the Menu Installer located on CD1 Utilities included Color Utility Color Swatch Utility Utilities for Maintenance and improved usability PDF Print Direct Storage Device Manager for Windows Network Utilities Print SuperVision Network Printer Status Oki LPR Utility ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 482 COLOR SWATCH UTILITY Color Swatch Samples The Color Swatch Utility allows you to print color samples or swatches on your Oki color printer The swatches are used with your software program to select and reproduce color accurately The swatches represent selected samples of the Oki Color Printer s color palette and can be used to find the desired colors for your printed documents NOTE Your software may not be able to match colors using the swatch information You may need to use other matching methods The color swatch samples do not show all the colors your Oki Color Printer can print Other factors influence how you see color the color and finish of the paper ambient light even the color surrounding the one you are looking at Loading the Utility First install the utility from CD1 using the Oki Menu Ins
188. generates a BIN file Important At this step you will see in the project window that the BIN file is assigned an ID number You can change this ID number by double clicking it and entering a new one in the ID field PostScript This automatically generates a PostScript hst file Note the name that the file is assigned in the Storage Device Manager Names are case sensitive NOTE For PCL and PS this is important because you need to use this ID number or name when creating overlays in the printer driver Therefore it is recommended you change the ID number or name from the default value and note it for later use ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 393 4 Make sure the printer being used is highlighted in the lower window of the Storage Device Manager 5 Select the Project menu and then choose Send Project Files to Printer This downloads the file to the printer The Storage Device Manager displays Command Issued to indicate that the file was downloaded successfully 6 Close the Storage Device Manager Defining Overlays PostScript 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Right click the printer name and click Document Defaults 3 On the Job Options tab click the Overlay button Setting of Overlay L2 x Disable Overlay z Active Overlay Max 4 Name Pages ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 394 4 Click the New button Define Overlays 5 Enter the file name of th
189. ging the transfer belt llle 414 Changing the fuser unit 0 00 0 ee 416 Cleaning the LED heads 419 Transporting the printer 0 0 00 0 000020 eee 420 Troubleshooting 1 2526 x se eee edie ROC Rn md 422 ECD messages cbe ER a Becta Shue b 422 Paper Jams 4 2 sowie Go ba dp MI M PUESQREUI ten ea EE 425 Parallel transmission mode 0 00 00 esee 433 ES 3037 3037e Windows Contents 10 Problem solving 0 0 ae e L EREA E p 434 Paper feed problems 0 0 0 0 e eee eee eee 434 Paper jam has been cleared but printer does not print 434 Problems printing from Windows 0000008 435 Cannot configure for parallel connection 435 Cannot configure for USB connection 436 Printout is garbled or incorrect with parallel connection 436 Cannot prit viec ee he ee Soe ee e ed 437 Application error or general protection fault is displayed 438 Printingisslow z ep eh Sve Hes EN ee ee 438 Printer requests paper size change to continue printing 438 Problems with poor quality printing 0 08 439 Longitudinal white stripes esee 439 Longitudinal fading 00 0 2 ee eee ee eee 439 Faintiprintng oves EIE 9 Sai See ne ee kee 6 439 Fading in patches 439 Longitudinal black stripes 440 Faint shading on unprinted sections 4 440 Blurred letter edg
190. he Program 1 Click Start Programs Oki Oki Storage Device Manager Oki Storage Device Manager The SDM Printer Discovery dialog box opens SDM Printer Discovery r Filters Iv Show Parallel T Show USB T Show IP Scope 255 255 255 255 Default HETWYE Add to Scope Uist y j Hep t 2 Select the appropriate computer connection s then click Start The printer searches for connected printers and places icons in the window at the bottom of the dialog box 3 Click Exit The Storage Device Manager dialog box opens Storage Device Manager File Printers View Window Help ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 495 Setting Up an Administrative Password 1 With the Storage Device Manager program open click Administrator Functions in the Printers menu Storage Device Manager Administrator s Functions x Password Tasks E SREE Erter Password EOT VEE 8 characters Delete File Change Password Hebost Printer NOTE Passwords consist of eight digits letters or numbers and are case sensitive 2 Type in the default password p1xs7d0m under Enter Password then click Change Password 3 Type the 8 digit alpha numeric password of your choice under New Password 4 Type the password again under Confirm New Password New Password Accepted appears 5 Click OK 6 Click Exit twice ES 3037 3037e Sof
191. he required job name is displayed 4 Press the CANCEL button to delete the remaining copies of the document 5 When the deletion confirmation message appears confirm by pressing the SELECT button NOTE An alternative method of printing or deleting the remaining copies of the document is to use the Oki Storage Device Manager Please refer to the On line help for Oki Storage Device Manager ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 149 SECURE PRINTING PRINTING CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS Secure printing or printing with passwords allows the printing of confidential documents on printers that are shared with other users NOTE The internal hard disk must be installed in the printer and enabled to allow for spooling of the print job before final printing Ifthe hard disk memory is insufficient for the spooled data DISK FULL is displayed and only one copy printed e f the software application being used has a collate print option this must be turned OFF for secure printing to operate correctly Secure printing may not be available in some software applications F 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the Print dialog box click the appropriate driver on the General tab then click the Preferences button 3 Under Job Type select Secure Print NOTE If you ve already placed a document on the hard disk drive using Secure Print but have not yet printed it out click the PI
192. hecking the Printer Status 0 0 0008 537 Oki LPR Utility 4 een aa aa ke ee IUS REP 538 How to Install 15 2 gel Re REIR eek ee atau eS 538 Oki LPR Status Box r noreti i n eee eee 539 Additional Information 0 0 00 00 ee eee 539 Index ee ee ers eee re E M Ux mE au ER 540 ES 3037 3037e Windows Contents 13 Notes Cautions etc NOTE A note appears like this A note provides additional information to supplement the main text which helps you to use and understand the product CAUTION A caution appears like this A caution provides additional information which if ignored may result in equipment malfunction or damage WARNING A warning appears like this A warning provides additional information which if ignored may result in a risk of personal injury Important An important message appears like this An important message provides supplemental information which can prevent potential problems ES 3037 3037e Notes Cautions etc 14 Introduction Congratulations on purchasing this OKI Executive Series color printer In this chapter you will find a summary of the main features of your printer followed by some advice on how to use this User s Guide to get the most from your printer MODEL SUMMARY Network Duplex Hard Model Resolution Print speed card Unit Memory disk ES 3037 600x1200 Letter Option Option 128 Mb Option dpi 30 ppm color Requires 37 ppm mono additional
193. heets removed in Step 2 on top this ensures that the oldest paper is used first to help prevent paper jams 4 Check that the paper guides and rear stopper are correct for the size of paper being used ES 3037 3037e Maintenance 403 5 Close the paper tray gently Important To prevent paper jams Don t leave space between the paper and the paper guides and rear stopper Don t overfill the paper tray Capacity depends on the type of paper and the paper weight max 550 sheets of 20 Ib US Bond 75 g m paper Don t load damaged paper Don t load paper of different sizes paper quality or thickness at the same time Don t remove the paper tray during printing NOTE If installed a lower paper tray cannot be used to print if there is no paper tray inserted above it ES 3037 3037e Maintenance 404 CHANGING THE TONER CARTRIDGE When the toner is running low TONER LOW is displayed in the control panel is the color name If printing continues without replacing the toner cartridge CHANGE TONER is displayed and printing is cancelled Depending on the operating environment print may become faint before this message is displayed If this happens remove the toner cartridge and check whether it is empty if so the toner cartridge needs to be replaced Cartridge life is approximately 15 000 letter size p
194. hen Properties 3 Click the Job Options tab then click the Overlay button Test erin ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 317 4 To define an overlay click the Define Overlays button Defined Overlays Add Apply Renove Overlay Name resT ID Value s 1224 Print on Pages far Pages z All Pages First Page Odd Pages Even Pages Custom Custom Pages 5 Enter the file name of the overlay in the Overlay Name box NOTE The Overlay Name must be EXACTLY the same as the file name you made a noted of in the previous section This is the name under which the file is stored on the printer s hard disk drive It is case sensitive 6 Enter the ID of the file in ID Values Please refer to the instructions for the Storage Device Manager utility 7 Select which pages the overlay is to be printed on from Print on Pages or use Custom Pages to select specific page numbers in the document then click Add 8 Click Close 9 Highlight the overlay name under Defined Overlay and click the Add button to add the overlay to the list in Active Overlays ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 318 10 Select Print Using Active Overlays 11 Click OK 12 Click OK to close the Properties dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 319 PRINTING POSTERS PCL ONLY This option allows you to configure and print posters by breaking up the document page into multiple pieces which pri
195. ick Start Settings Printers Right click the appropriate printer name then select Properties Follow steps 3 etc below note that the Properties screen for setting defaults will have more tabs 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the print dialog box click the appropriate driver then click Properties or Setup or your application s equivalent 3 Click the Job Options tab 4 Select the required printing resolution under Quality PostScript Driver PCL Driver Setup Job Options Color PostScript Setup Job Options Color f Job Type f Quality Job Type Normal Normal C Proof and Print Prost and Pint Secure Print Secure Print Store to HDD FIN Giore to HDD Fie Copies fi T Collate Copies f1 T Collate p EM Scale Fing 10 C usi Ho C Normal C Normal ae Oe em C Fast T Toner Saving Dutput Bin C Fast I Toner saving Output Bin Giientation Stacker Facedown Djientation Printer Face Down Portrait EE G Portait T 180 4 Staple C Landscape I 180 f Nore zi s ten fent y Watermark Overlay Advanced Watermark Overlay Font Advanced Default 5 Select Toner Saving if appropriate 6 Click OK to close the Properties dialog box 7 Print the document ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 289 DUPLEX PRINTING PRINTING ON BOT
196. ing Mode Standard N up Options m 2 Sided Printing None z JA Driver Settings Untitled 7 Add Remove User Defined Size 215 8 x 273 4mm Defaut Cen Cancel Apply J NOTE You may see a Warning dialog box indicating a conflict If you do click OK and the driver will automatically make the needed changes to correct for the conflict ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 216 4 Select the unit then enter the width and length measurements and click OK Width 215 3 7 amp 2 3280 Length 534 1270 12000 Unit Defaut 8 omm TN 5 Check that User Defined now appears in the Size box on the Setup tab NOTE To save the setting for future use Click Paper Feed Options then click Custom Size Select the unit then enter the relevant information for Width and Height and give your custom size a name under Name Click Add Click OK The Custom Page Size is added to the bottom of the Paper Size list 6 Click OK 7 Click Print ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 217 CHANGING THE RESOLUTION FOR A PRINT JOB NOTE These instructions explain how to change the settings as you are printing a job If you wish to change the settings to apply to all jobs default settings Click Start Settings Printers Right click the appropriate printer name then select Properties Follow steps 3 etc below Not
197. inter This downloads the file to the printer The Storage Device Manager displays Command Issued to indicate that the file was downloaded successfully Close the Storage Device Manager ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 243 Defining Overlays PostScript 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Right click the printer name and click Printing Preferences 3 Click the Overlay tab 4 Click the Overlay button Diae Overy ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 244 5 Click the New button Define Overlays elel Henane 6 Enter the file name of the overlay in the Overlay Name box and select the pages on which it is to be printed NOTE The Overlay Name must be EXACTLY the same as the file name you made a noted of in the previous section This is the name under which the file is stored on the printers hard disk drive It is case sensitive ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 245 7 Enter or select a form name in the drop down box under Form setting then click Add verlay Name oo Print on Pages istre m Custom Pages Enter page numbers and or page ranges separated by commas For example 1 3 5 12 r Form setting Form Name Stationery x NOTE The Form Name is a random name of your selection 8 Click OK 9 If required continue to add files to the overlay by repeating steps 5 through 8 ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operat
198. inters 2 Right click the PostScript printer icon then click Document Defaults The Default dialog box appears 3 Scroll down to Layout and click Overlay 4 Click Setting of Overlay The Setting of Overlay dialog box appears 5 Click the name of the Defined Overlay Group you wish to remove then click Delete and click Yes to confirm the deletion 6 Click OK twice and close the Printers dialog box Additional Information For more information click Help in the Storage Device Manager program ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 531 PRINTSUPERVISION PrintSuperVision is a web based application for managing printing devices connected to a network PrintSuperVision provides access to networked printer data for monitoring reporting and managing networked printers It provides a full range of management functions for Oki printers and for other brands of printers as well Features Provides real time status of all your printers to monitor and report printer usage manage consumables usage and replenishment Administrator interface to the system is via a standard web browser enabling you to check on printer status and compatible multi function devices from anywhere on the web Performs initial discovery and configuration of printing devices connected to network View groups of printers by list floorplan or maps Monitors devices over time including maintenance data and saves data for statistical reports Sends
199. inters Right click the PCL printer icon then click Document Defaults The Oki Defaults dialog box appears 3 Click the Job Options tab Click the Overlay button P ooo 8 Click Define Overlays The Define overlays dialog box appears Under Defined overlays click the overlay to be edited Make your changes then click Apply Click Close Click OK and close the Printers dialog box Deleting Defined Overlays NT 4 0 PCL 1 2 NO oO Pp amp Click Start Settings Printers Right click the PCL printer icon then click Document Defaults The Oki Defaults dialog box appears Click the Job Options tab Click the Overlay button Click Define Overlays Under Defined overlays click the overlay to be deleted Click Remove then Close Click OK and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 526 Defining Overlays NT 4 0 PCL 1 2 Click Start Settings Printers Right click the PostScript printer icon then click Document Defaults The Default dialog box appears 3 Scroll down to Layout and click Overlay 4 Under Change Overlay Setting click Use Overlay 5 Click Setting of Overlay The Setting of Overlay dialog box appears ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 527 Set up an Overlay Group 6 10 11 12 Click New The Define Overlays dialog box appears Under Group Name enter a name for the group of overlays you are creating
200. ion 246 10 Highlight the overlay name s under Defined Overlay and click Add to add the overlay s to the list under Active Overlay to select more than one overlay hold the CTRL key while clicking on each name f OKI C9300 PS Printing Preferences 21 xi Layout Paper Gualty Job Options Color Overlay Disable Overlay E Active Overlay MAX 4 Page Logo First Page Address All Pages Page ogo First Page Address All Pages New Edit Delete 11 Select Use Overlay from the drop down list at the top of the box then click OK 12 Click OK to close the Printing Preferences dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 247 Defining Overlays PCL 1 Click Start Settings Printers Highlight the printer name and click Printing Preferences Click the Job Options tab Click the Overlay button PY BN Hemoye Name Pages E Test ent ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 248 5 To define an overlay click the Define Overlays button Defined Overlays Add Apply Benove Overlay Name TEST ID Values 1234 Print on Pages fal Pages z 6 Enter the file name of the overlay in the Overlay Name box NOTE The Overlay Name must be EXACTLY the same as the file name you made a noted of in the previous section This is the name under which the file is stored on the printer s hard disk drive It is case sensitive 7 Enter the ID of
201. is will be more efficient and give good results f you use PostScript fonts or you will be printing PostScript graphics choose the PostScript driver In this situation performance will be faster and graphics will be printed at their best quality NOTE The line art graphics in this manual are PostScript So if you plan to print parts of this manual choose the PostScript driver Otherwise the line art graphics will only print at low resolution If neither driver seems to cover all your needs you should install both drivers select the same printer port LPT1 or Network Port for both drivers during the installation Set the driver you plan to use most of the time to be your Windows default driver Most applications allow you to choose a different printer from within the print dialog so you can print using the alternative driver whenever you need to ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Printer Drivers 322 ENABLING INSTALLED OPTIONS IN THE DRIVERS Certain options such as additional memory the duplexer or additional trays may be installed in your printer Before using the printer you must enter the printer driver s and enable the options You only need to do this once For additional memory PostScript driver only If you have additional memory in your printer use these instructions to update the Windows PostScript driver so that it recognizes the additional memory 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight
202. ited States Environmental Protection Agency Hewlett Packard HP and LaserJet are registered trademarks of Hewlett Packard Company Microsoft MS DOS and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Apple Macintosh and Mac OS are registered trademarks of Apple Computers Inc Other product names and brand names are registered trademarks or trademarks of their proprietors OKI 2 Contents Notes Cautions efc ceca eio duel dm Rn rex Rx rene d 14 Introd ction 5 suus ek perry wee tees ieee xd 15 Model summary 2 0 S003 ihe epi ees ies edes 15 unc ELE 16 How to use this manual llleeeeleeeeeeeee 18 Online Usage ci ceu e Ree IR EUR EE 18 Printing Pages 14e ie RUMP RIRs 19 Getting started ciis eio oki ke a CO A he og e c a 20 Unpackimng ene Pen EIC PERI Y Ree 20 CD ROM disk contents 0 0 0 0 ee eee eee 21 Printer location eb i ee en hee he bas oe 4 22 Printer components 00 0 0 cece eee a eee ee 23 Setting up euseeseeeeeeee nnn 26 Packaging and protective sheet removal 26 Toner cartridge installation llle 29 Loading papers oce pes Deets ea eee eee Aa Lee ee 33 Manual feed e e ed e rur n S 37 Power connection ud ieee ge SOEs Reve hee RSEN 38 Control panel oie Ge es ie ee BS 40 Menu set ngs isse Ge Bad were SE ERE aa Seas AA E 43 Changing the display language lesse 43 Printing the MenuMap 0
203. ities 492 Administration On network systems the Administrator oversees the Storage Device Manager software and can use it to manage and monitor the printer s internal hard disk and flash memory Administrator Functions The Administrator s Functions Feature lets you Setup the Administrative Password Establish 4 digit PIN numbers for each client using any four numbers from 0 through 7 8 and 9 cannot be used NOTE If preferred clients can choose their own PIN number but the administrator will need to know these PINs in order to access client information Reboot the printer Deletefiles ShowResources is preferable NOTE With Show Resources you can browse to the file click it click Delete then click OK to confirm the deletion Using Administrator Functions to delete a file requires that you print out a File List then use the information in the File List to type in the exact path case sensitive to the file The file is deleted without confirmation ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 493 Format the internal hard drive CAUTION You can also use Storage Device Manager to format the partitions on the printer s hard drive but this will wipe out all the contents of the partition and can cause serious problems We recommend that you use the Show Resources and HDD Print Jobs features to maintain the disk ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 494 Using Storage Device Manager Opening t
204. itive 8 Click Add 9 Repeat steps 9 and 10 to add additional overlays maximum of 10 11 three per group Click OK To create additional overlay groups up to 32 can be defined repeat steps 6 to 11 above Click OK twice and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 30376 Software Utilities 529 Printing Using Overlays NT 4 0 PostScript 1 2 Open the document in the software application Click File Print The Print dialog box appears 3 Scroll down to Layout then click Use Overlay 4 Click Setting of Overlay 6 The Setting of Overlay dialog box appears Select the Overlay group s you wish to print then click Add The group will appear in the Active Overlay Groups list Click OK twice and print the document Editing Defined Overlays NT 4 0 PostScript 7 8 10 11 12 13 Click Start Settings Printers Right click the PostScript printer icon then click Document Defaults The Oki Defaults dialog box appears Scroll down to Layout and click Overlay Click Setting of Overlay The Setting of Overlay dialog box appears Under Defined Overlay Groups click the name of the group you wish to modify then click Edit The Define Overlays dialog box appears Make your changes then click OK Click OK twice and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 530 Deleting Defined Overlays NT 4 0 PostScript 1 Click Start Settings Pr
205. itor and printer reproduce color ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 200 COLOR MATCHING POSTSCRIPT DRIVER Color Matching Options The PostScript driver offers several different methods of controlling the color output of the printer To manually set the color matching options in the PostScript driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Right click the printer name and click Printing Preferences 3 Click the Color tab Layout Paper Quality Job Options Color Overlay r Color mode Color Control Method Color Matching Color Simulation None Color Setting Black Finish Monitor 6500K Auto X Auto User Setting C Glossy C Malte Advanced Default Cancel E 4 Select the method to use from the Color Control Method drop down list box under Color Mode Color Control OKI Color Matching Color Control PostScript Color Matching Color Control Using ICC Profile Color Control No Color Matching Color Control Print in Grayscale ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 201 Color Control OKI Color Matching This is OKI s proprietary color matching system and affects RGB data only Select the type to be used from the drop down list box under Color Setting Layout Paper Quality Job Options Color Overlay r Color mode Color Control Method Color Matching 7 Color Simulation None hal r Color Setting
206. ity Print margin Print accuracy Startup time Power supply Power consumption Tray 1 530 sheets 20 Ib US Bond paper e 250 transparencies Optional Trays 2 and 3 530 sheets 20 Ib US Bond paper Optional High Capacity Feeder Three trays each 530 sheets 20 Ib US Bond paper Multi Purpose tray 100 sheets 20 Ib US Bond 50 Transparencies 10 Envelopes e 3 8 inch 1 cm stack of labels Trays 1 to 5 17 to 54 Ib US Bond 64 to 203 g m Multi purpose tray 17 to 54 Ib US Bond up to 113 Ib Index 64 to 203 g m Duplex unit 20 to 28 Ib US Bond 75 to 105 g m 500 sheets top face down exit see Note 100 sheets straight through face up exit 14 inch 6 4 mm minimum outside the print margin Start 2 m Paper skew 1 mm per 100 mm Image expansion compression 1 mm per 100 mm Less than 3 min from powering up 25 C 120 115 127 volts AC 60 Hz 2 Hz OR 230 198 264 volts AC 50 Hz 2 Hz Operating 1600 W max 800 W average Standby 1300 W max 250 W average ES 3037 3037e Specifications 467 Operating environment Duty cycle Noise level Product life Dimensions Weight Operating e 50 to 90 F 10 to 32 C 20to 80 RH maximum wet bulb temperature 77 C 25 C For maximum print quality 62 6 to 80 6 F 17 to 27 C e 50 to 70 RH Off e 32 to 110 F 0 to 43 C e 10 to 90 RH Storage 14 to 110 F 10 to 43 C e 10 to 90 RH Average 16 6
207. ize for the Multi purpose tray must be manually set in the driver to the custom paper size before use range 3 to 8 inches 89 to 216 mm wide x 5 to 14 inches 127 to 356 mm long Printing custom pages using the PostScript driver NOTE One custom paper size can be defined in the PostScript driver 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the Print dialog box click the PS driver on the General tab then click the Job Options tab 3 Under Finisher select Stacker Face up in the Output Bin drop down box uc M zx General Layout Paper Quality Job Options Color Overlay Job Type Normal Proof and Print C Secure Print C Store to HDD FIN Copies T Collate Fine C Normal gt Finisher C Fast Toner Saving Output Bin Stacker Face up Scale Staple DE Nowe ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 213 4 Click the Paper Quality tab Under Tray Selection select Multi Purpose Tray in the Paper Source drop down box 5 Click the Advanced button Under Paper Output select Postscript Custom Page Size in the Paper Size drop down box PS Advanced Document Settings Edt custom Page See Image Color Management ICM Method ICM Disabled Advanced Printing Features Enabled Ay Printer Features Media Type Printer Setting Multipurpose tray is handled as
208. k memory is insufficient for the spooled data DISK FULL is displayed and only one copy printed If the software application being used has a collate print option this must be turned OFF for secure printing to operate correctly Secure printing may not be available in some software applications 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the print dialog box click the appropriate driver then click Properties or Setup or your application s equivalent ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 302 3 On the Job Options tab enter the number of copies and if required check the Collate box a Under Job Type select Secure Print b Enter a job name of up to 16 characters under Job Name and if required select Request Job Name for each print job Job Name Settings Job Name esl IV Request Job Name for each print job Personal ID Number PIN Enter 4 digits Use numbers 0 9 Cancel 4 Type in a four digit personal ID number from 0000 to 7777 then click OK PostScript Driver PCL Driver Setup Job Options Color PostScript Setup Job Options Color Job Type Job Type C Normal C Normal C Proof and Print C Proof and Print Secure Print Se i C Store to HDD C Store to HDD PIN Copies 0 T Collate Copies I Collate 955 5 Click OK to close the Properties dialog box 6 Printthe document The document will be stored
209. l the default setting for many monitors and television sets k degrees Kelvin a measurement of temperature ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 344 How your software application displays color Some graphics applications such as CorelDRAW or Adobe Photoshop may display color differently from office applications such as Microsoft Word Please see your application s online help or user manual for more information Paper type The type of paper used can also significantly affect the printed color For example a printout on recycled paper can look duller than one on specially formulated glossy paper ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 345 CHOOSING A COLOR MATCHING METHOD There is no one way to achieve a good match between the document displayed on your monitor and its printed equivalent There are many factors involved in achieving accurate and reproducible color However the following guidelines may help in achieving good color output from your printer There are several suggested methods depending on the type of document you are printing NOTE These suggestions are for guidance only Your results may vary depending on the application from which you are printing Some applications will override any color matching settings in the printer driver without warning RGB or CMYK The guidelines for choosing a color matching method makes distinctions between Red Green Blue RGB and Cyan Magenta Ye
210. le Enable Disable Enable Disable Enable Disable Auto 802 2 802 3 Ether Il Snap Enable Disable Enable Disable XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX ON OFF ON OFF Description Selects TCP IP protocol Selects Netware protocol Selects EtherTalk protocol Selects NetBEUI protocol Selects Ethernet frame type Selects whether selection of DHCP BOOP is automatic Selects whether selection of RARP is automatic Configures IP address of 12 alphanumeric characters Configures subnet mask of 12 alphanumeric characters Configures gateway address of 12 alphanumeric characters Selects printing of network menu map Selects network initialization Memory menu The default settings are bold Auto OFF 0 5 MB 1MB 2MB 4MB 8 MB 16 MB 32 MB AUTO Off 0 5 MB 1MB 2MB 4MB 8 MB 16 MB 32 MB Execute Description Sets the size of the receive buffer and depends on the amount of memory installed in the printer Set the size of the font cache area and depends on the amount of memory installed in the printer Initializes flash memory if installed ES 3037 3037e Setting up 72 Memory menu The default settings are bold fem Nae Desenin PS FLASH 0 n n MB TO 90 Changes the size of the flash RESIZE n n MB in 10 memory area n n indicates the increments actual size in MB Note Special data is stored in the Flash Memory therefore you cannot specify 100
211. lex and select Installed in the drop down box General Sharing Ports Advanced l Color Management Security Device Settings EA PS Device Settings 3 Form To Tray Assignment fae Font Substitution Table Available PostScript Memory 10190 KB Output Protocol ASCII Send CTRL D Before Each Job No Send CTRL D After Each Job Yes Job Timeout 0 seconds Wait Timeout 300 seconds Minimum Font Size to Download as Outline 100 pixel s Maximum Font Size to Download as Bitmap 600 pixel s E Installable Options Available Tray 1 Standard Duplex z Hard Disk Not Installed Finisher Not Installed Memory Configuration 128 MB C cem a 4 Click OK and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Printer Drivers 178 PCL driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 Click the Device Option tab click Duplex Option Unit 4 Click OK and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Printer Drivers 179 For the high capacity feeder PostScript driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 Click the Device Settings tab Under Installable Options click Available Tray then select the appropriate setting 4 or 5 in the drop down box General Sharing Ports l Advanced l Color Management Security Device Settings
212. lity C Normal C Normal C Fast Toner Saving C Fast T Toner saving Bi Bir r Orientation Stacker Face down hal Unienaion 3 Printer Face Down T 7 Click OK and print the document A print file of the document is created and stored on the hard disk drive and one copy is printed for checking 8 After checking the proof print or delete if incorrect the remaining copies of the document using the procedures given below ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 381 Printing copies 1 Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU then press the SELECT button 2 Enter your personal ID number using the buttons on the printer control panel 3 Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name is displayed 4 Press the SELECT button to print the remaining copies of the document Deleting copies If the proof is not ready for printing the job must be deleted from the printer 1 Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and press the SELECT button 2 Enter your personal ID number using the buttons on the printer control panel 3 Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name is displayed 4 Press the CANCEL button to delete the remaining copies of the document 5 When the deletion confirmation message appears confirm by pressing the Select button NOTE An alternative method of printing or dele
213. llow Black CMYK Generally most documents you print will be in RGB format This is the most common and if you do not know your document s color mode assume that it is RGB Typically CMYK documents are only supported in professional Desktop Publishing and Graphics applications Matching Photographic Images RGB only Oki Color Matching see page 354 is a generally a good choice Select a matching method appropriate to your monitor ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 346 Matching Specific Colors e g a Company logo RGB only Oki Color Matching see page 354 and the sRGB setting PCL or PS driver PostScript Color Matching using the Absolute Colorimetric option see page 356 Use the Color Swatch Utility to print out a chart of RGB swatches and enter your desired RGB values in your application s color picker PS only see page 351 RGB or CMYK f you are printing from a graphics application such as Adobe Photoshop use PostScript Color Matching with the Absolute Colorimetric setting see page 356 Printing Vivid Colors RGB only Use Oki Color Matching see page 354 with the Monitor 6500k Vivid SRGB or Digital Camera settings PCL or PS RGB or CMYK Use PostScript Color Matching see page 356 with the Saturation option ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 347 COLOR MATCHING PCL DRIVER Color Matching Options The Color Matching options in the PCL driver can be used t
214. lt None gt Automatically Select Multi Purpose Tray ia ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 364 b Click Paper Size and select Postscript Custom Page Size in the Change Paper Size Setting list PS Document Settings Document ptions Paper Output d Paper Source Multi Purpose Tray fiiy Input Slot Option D 2 Sided Printing None PostScript Options 5 Click the Edit of Custom Paper button PostScript Custom Page Size Definition g L Short Edge First isi ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 365 6 Enter the Width and Height for the custom paper and select the Paper Feed Direction NOTE Long Edge First media feeds in long edge first Short Edge First media feeds in short edge first Long Edge First flipped Reserved for future use Short Edge First flipped Reserved for future use 7 Click OK twice then print the document ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 366 Printing custom pages using the PCL driver NOTE Up to 32 custom page sizes can be defined in the PCL driver 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the Print dialog box select the PCL driver then click Properties or Setup or your application s equivalent 3 On the Job Options tab under Finisher select Printer Face Up in the Output Bin list ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 367 4 Onthe Setup
215. mage data For example an input device could be a scanner digital camera or monitor Output Profiles e g the ES 3037 printer provide information about the device to which you are printing The Using ICC Profiles feature uses both the input and output profiles to generate a CRD Color Rendering Dictionary which is used to match the colors as closely as possible NOTE This feature may not work for all application programs However many professional graphics applications offer a similar feature in their print settings with the ability to choose a source input color space and a print output color space ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 282 PRINTING MULTIPLE PAGES ON ONE SHEET N UP PRINTING N Up printing using the PostScript driver 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 Inthe print dialog box click the appropriate PS driver then click Properties or Setup or your application s equivalent 3 On the Setup tab under N up select the required number of pages per sheet Setup Job Options Color PostScript m Media Size Letter Source Automatically Select Paper Feed Options m N up r 2 Sided Printings po H Unprintable Area Defaut Cancel boply Help 4 Click Unprintable Area and set the margin parameters then click OK Unprintable Area 21 x C Millimeters Top TE 018 550 L
216. mands 34 IV Fomfeed Iv Paper Tray F Reset IV Skip Perforation IV Paper Size T Orientation IV Vertical Motion Index IV Simplex Duplex IV Line Spacing IV Job Separation IV Top Margin IV Left Offset Registration Iv Text Length Iv Number of Copies F Output Bin F Top Offset Registration JV Duplex Page Side F Page Length Colour Commands T Configure Image Data T Render Algorithm T Set Viewing Iluminant T Palette Control ID I Driver Configuration I Palette Contiol IV Monochrome Print Mode Special Options T Add Push Pop Cursor Commands I Separate Compound Macros into individual fles Defaite o Heb ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 502 2 Make any adjustments in the settings Example If you create a black oval in MS Paint and leave all the color command filters checked the black oval will print as a black rectangle when the overlay is used To maintain the oval shape turn off deselect the Configure Image Data Palette ID and Palette Control filters 3 Click OK The Open dialog box appears 4 Make sure Print spool files prn is selected in the File of type drop down list 5 Under Look in go to the folder where the files are saved and double click the file name The file is saved as a bin file Filter File Created appears 6 Click OK 7 Repeat steps 1 through 6 until you have converted all the files you wish to add to the project ES 3037 3037e Softwar
217. meout 0 seconds Wait Timeout 300 seconds Minimum Font Size to Download as Outline 100 pixel s Maximum Font Size to Download as Bitmap 600 pixel s E3 Installable Options Available Tray 4 High Capacity Feeder Duplex Installed Hard Disk Not Installed Finisher Memory Configuration 128 MB 4 Click OK and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Printer Drivers 182 PCL driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 Onthe Device Option tab click Finisher 4 Click OK and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Printer Drivers 183 CHANGING DEFAULTS FOR PAPER FEED SIZE AND MEDIA IN THE DRIVER The normal default for these items is automatic detection NOTE If the defaults set manually in the printer menu differ from those you set in the printer driver the printer will not print and the LCD will display an error message The following printer driver instructions are given as a guide only Some software applications require the paper feed size and media settings to be selected from within the software under Page Setup PostScript driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Right click the printer name and click Printing Preferences Layout Paper Quality Job Options Color Overlay r Orientation Portrait C Landscape C Rotated Landscape m Print on Both Sides Duple
218. n of your choice then stored on the printer s hard drive using Storage Device Manager before they can be used fthe hard disk memory is insufficient for the spooled data the message DISK FULL appears fthe software application has a collate print option it must be turned OFF before you print overlays Overlay printing cannot be done using the Windows 2000 PostScript driver or the Macintosh driver ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 512 Windows 2000 and XP PCL In Windows 2000 overlays can only be printed using the PCL driver Defining Overlays 2000 PCL 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Right click the Oki PCL printer icon then click Printing Preferences The OkiPrinting Preferences dialog box appears Click the Overlay tab Click Define Overlays Under Overlay Name enter a name for the overlay omne o Under D Value enter the ID number for the file saved using the Storage Device Manager software see the File List printout 7 Inthe Print on Pages drop down list select on which pages the overlay is to be printed or select Custom and enter specific page numbers under Custom pages 8 Click Add then click Close The overlay you defined appears in the Defined overlays list 9 Click OK and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 30376 Software Utilities 513 Printing Using Overlays 2000 PCL 1 Open the document in the software application 2 Click File Print The Print dialog b
219. n overlay to see what it looks like click its name in the Defined overlays box then click Test Print f you wish to add more overlays to the list click Define overlays then fill in the appropriate information in the Define overlays dialog box and click Close Click Print using active overlays then click OK and print the document ES 3037 30376 Software Utilities 518 Editing Defined Overlays Me 98 95 PCL 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Right click the Oki PCL printer icon then click Properties The Oki Properties dialog box appears 3 Click the Job Options tab Click the Overlay button A Click Define overlays The Define overlays dialog box appears Under Defined overlays click the overlay to be edited Make any changes then click Apply Click Close o N o w Click OK and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 519 Deleting Defined Overlays Me 98 95 PCL 1 2 Click Start Settings Printers Right click the Oki PCL printer icon then click Properties The Oki Properties dialog box appears 3 Click the Job Options tab Click the Overlay button 4 Click Define overlays The Define overlays dialog box appears 5 Under Defined overlays click the overlay to be deleted 6 Click Remove then Close 7 Click OK and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 30376 Software Utilities 520 Windows Me 98 95 PostScript Defining Overlays Me 9
220. na Enter PIN Enter Admin Password F Becire Jobs 0000 7777 sliine FZ Froot and Pintobs d pply Fa Apply PIN Name TiD Type Copies Stored 3 Under Job Types select Secure Jobs to view Secure Print jobs and or Proof and Print Jobs to view Proof amp Print jobs To view the jobs stored for a particular client select View User Jobs under Access then type in the client s 4 digit User PIN and press Enter To view all stored jobs select View All Jobs and type in your Administrator s Password then press Enter ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 508 4 Delete the files Important You will not be prompted to confirm the deletion Click Cancel Job s to delete the files without printing them Click Print Job s to print the files out before they are auto matically deleted ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 509 Show Resources Use the Show Resources feature to delete files from the internal hard drive and flash memory 1 Open Storage Device Manager and click the icon for the printer whose contents you wish to view 2 Click Printers 2 Show Resources Projects Printers View Window Help 18 x Output HST Output2 HST Output3 HST 3 Click the file s to be deleted press Shift to select a span of files press Ctrl to select additional files e PCL Macro files are under Volume 0 internal hard drive
221. nced Color Management Device Settings S Font Substitution Table Available PostScript Memory 4886 KB Output Protocol ASCII Send CTRL D Before Each Job No Send CTRL D After Each Job Yes Convert Gray Text to PostScript Gray No Convert Gray Graphics to PostScript Gray No Add Euro Currency Symbol to PostScript Fonts No Job Timeout 0 seconds Wait Timeout 300 seconds Minimum Font Size to Download as Outline 100 pixel s Maximum Font Size to Download as Bitmap 600 pixel s B d Installable Options Available Tray 1 Standard Duplex Installed Hard Disk Installed Finisher v Memory Configuration 128 MB g 4 Click OK and close the Printers and Faxes dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Printer Drivers 100 PCL driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers and Faxes 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 On the Device Option tab click Finisher General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Device Option r Available Options Available Tray 2 ES Duplex Option Unit Printer Hard Disk Finisher About 4 Click OK and close the Printers and Faxes dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Printer Drivers 101 CHANGING DEFAULTS FOR PAPER FEED SIZE AND MEDIA IN THE DRIVER The normal default for these items is automatic detection NOTE If the defaults set manually in the printer menu differ from thos
222. nnecting this printer to a computer and power supply the toner cartridges must be installed and paper must be inserted in the paper tray PACKAGING AND PROTECTIVE SHEET REMOVAL 1 Remove any adhesive tape and packaging from the printer 2 Using the release handle open the top cover ES 3037 3037e Setting up 26 3 Remove the LED head restrainer from behind the LED heads in the top cover CAUTION Never expose image drums to light for more than 5 minutes Always hold image drum by the ends Never expose image drums to direct sunlight Never touch the green surface of the drum ES 3037 3037e Setting up 27 5 Remove the protective sheet 6 Putthe black image drum back into the printer 1 then push the tab 2 inwards and remove the blanking plate from the drum 7 Repeat steps 4 through 6 for each color drum ES 3037 3037e Setting up 28 TONER CARTRIDGE INSTALLATION WARNING Take extreme care when handling toner Toner can be harmful if inhaled swallowed or if it gets in the eyes Toner can also stain hands and clothing 1 For each color toner cartridge a Remove the cartridge from its package b Shake the toner cartridge back and forth several times then holding it horizontally remove the tape and then remove the plastic clip from behind the colored lever ES 3037 3037e Setting up 29 c Insert the toner cartridge in its image drum left side first
223. nologies to represent color A monitor uses Red Green and Blue RGB phosphors or LCDs a printer uses Cyan Magenta Yellow and Black CMYK toner or ink A monitor can display very vivid colors such as intense reds and blues and these cannot be easily produced on any printer using toner or ink Similarly there are certain colors some yellows for example that can be printed but cannot be displayed accurately on a monitor This disparity between monitors and printers is often the main reason that printed colors do not match the colors displayed on screen ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 110 Viewing conditions A document can look very different under various lighting conditions For example the colors may look different when viewed standing next to a sunlit window compared to how they look under standard office fluorescent lighting Printer driver color settings The driver settings for Manual color can change the appearance of a document There are several options available to help match the printed colors with those displayed on screen These options are explained in subsequent sections of this User Manual Monitor settings The brightness and contrast controls on your monitor can change how your document looks on screen Additionally your monitor color temperature influences how warm or cool the colors look NOTE Several of the Color Matching options make reference to your monitor s Color Temperature M
224. nstalled in your printer Before using the printer you must enter the printer driver s and enable the options You only need to do this once For additional memory If you have additional memory in your printer use these instructions to update the Windows PostScript driver so that it recognizes the additional memory 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 Click the Device Settings tab ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Printer Drivers 172 4 Under Installable Options click Memory Configuration then set the memory in the drop down box to be the same as that now installed in the printer as shown in the MenuMap to generate a MenuMap printout see Printing the MenuMap on page 44 General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management l Security Device Settings EJ Device Settings ies 3 Form To Tray Assignment EAT Font Substitution Table Available PostScript Memory 22854 KB Output Protocol ASCII Send CTRL D Before Each Job No Send CTRL D After Each Job Yes Job Timeout 0 seconds Wait Timeout 300 seconds Minimurn Font Size to Download as Outline 100 pixel s Maximum Font Size to Download as Bitmap 600 pixel s B a Installable Options Available Tray 1 Standard Duplex Installed Hard Disk Installed Finisher Not Installed Get Installable options automatically Cancel Apply 5 Click OK and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 3037e Wind
225. nt enlarged on separate sheets Then the separate sheets are combined to produce a poster It is only available with the PCL printer driver 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the print dialog box click the appropriate PCL driver then click Properties or Setup or your application s equivalent 3 Click the Setup tab under Finishing Mode select Poster Print Setup Job Options Color m Media Size Letter 8 5x11in Source Automatically Select Paper Feed Options m Einishing Mode Options Driver Settings 34 untitled z Add Letter 8 5 x 11in Default o ces s ej ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 320 4 Click Options and enter the configuration details PosterPrint 5 Click OK twice 6 Click OK to close the Properties dialog box 7 Print the document ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 321 Windows NT 4 0 Printer Drivers See your printed Software Installation Guide for information on installing printer drivers WHICH PRINTER DRIVER TO USE Your printer comes with Windows drivers for PCL and Adobe PostScript PS You can install either of these or both if you wish Which driver you choose depends on your application f you use TrueType fonts and you do not print PostScript including eps files graphics choose the PCL driver Th
226. ntil PAPER FEED is displayed 4 Press the VALUE button until the required paper feed is displayed then press the SELECT button An asterisk appears next to the selected paper feed NOTE When AUTO TRAYSWITCH is set to ON and more than one paper tray is installed paper feed automatically switches to the next available paper tray if a tray runs out of paper ES 3037 3037e Setting up 45 Selecting the paper size Menu _ Item Value _ Select Cancel O Attention Em Ready Q s Q Qe NOTE When using paper trays standard paper sizes are recognized automatically with CASSETTE SIZE default setting selected Paper size need only be set for A3 Wide A3 outsize Nobi Tabloid Extra and custom paper sizes When using the Multi Purpose MP tray manual feed the paper size has to be selected 1 Press the ONLINE button to place the printer offline 2 Press the MENU button until PRINT MENU is displayed then preset SELECT 3 Press either ITEM or button repeatedly until EDIT SIZE is displayed 4 Press either VALUE or button until the required paper size is displayed then press the SELECT button An asterisk appears next to the selected paper size 5 Press the ONLINE button to return the printer to ONLINE status 6 Select the correct paper settings in the printer driver before printing the file ES 3037 3037e Setting up 46 Selecting the media type and weigh
227. o help match your printed colors to the ones displayed on your monitor NOTE The PCL driver s color options are only designed to work with RGB data If you are printing CMYK data we recommend you use the PostScript driver To manually set the color matching options in the PCL driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Right click the appropriate printer name and click Document Defaults 3 Click the Color tab Setup Job Options Color Color Swatch Default ces e ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 348 a Click Manual Color under Color Mode then click Natural under Color Setting Monitor 6500K Perceptual Be eee ES ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 349 4 Select the method you wish to use Monitor 6500K Perceptual Optimized for printing photographs when using a monitor with a color temperature of 6500K Monitor 6500K Vivid Optimized for printing bright colors when using a monitor with a color temperature of 6500K Ideal for office graphics Monitor 9300K Optimized for printing photographs when using a monitor with a color temperature of 9300K Digital Camera Optimized for printing photographs taken with a digital camera This tends to produce prints with lighter and brighter colors For some photographs other settings may be better depending on the subjects and the conditions under which they were taken sRGB Optimized for m
228. o the On line help for the Oki Storage Device Manager software ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 386 STORE TO HARD DISK Store to hard disk job spooling allows print jobs to be prepared and stored on the hard disk for printing on demand This is good for forms generic memos letterhead stationery etc NOTE The internal hard disk must be installed in the printer and enabled If the hard disk memory is insufficient for the spooled data DISK FULL is displayed and only one copy printed If the software application being used has a collate print option this must be turned OFF for Store to Hard Disk to operate correctly Store to Hard Disk may not be available in some software applications Open the file in your application and select File Print In the Print dialog box select the appropriate driver Select Print to file Click Properties or Setup or your application s equivalent m PF YN gt Enter the number of copies and if required select Collate then select Store to HDD NOTE If you ve already stored a document on the hard disk drive and want to store another one click the PIN button and enter a new Job Name ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 387 a Enter a job name of up to 16 characters under Job Name Setting and if required select Request Job Name for each print job b Type a four digit personal ID number from 0000 to 7777 then click OK PostScript Driver
229. oad as Bitmap 600 pixel s Au Installable Options Available Tray 1 Standard Duplex Installed Hard Disk Installed Finisher Not Installed Memory Configuration ESNIE v v 5 Click OK and close the Printers and Faxes dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Printer Drivers 91 For the internal hard disk drive PostScript driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers and Faxes 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 Click the Device Settings tab 4 Under Installable Options make sure the setting in the Hard Disk drop down list is Installed General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Device Settings F3 Device Settings Ea Form To Tray Assignment EJ ae Font Substitution Table Available PostScript Memory 4886 KB Output Protocol ASCII Send CTRL D Before Each Job No Send CTRL D After Each Job Yes Convert Gray Text to PostScript Gray No Convert Gray Graphics to PostScript Gray No Add Euro Currency Symbol to PostScript Fonts No Job Timeout 0 seconds Wait Timeout 300 seconds Minimum Font Size to Download as Outline 100 pixel s Maximum Font Size to Download as Bitmap 600 pixel s Bg au Installable Options Available Tray 1 Standard Duplex Installed Hard Disk SUSIE v v 5 Click OK and close the Printers and Faxes dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Printer Drivers 92 PCL driver
230. of and Pint C Secure Print G StoetoHOD PN Copies 10 Collate G Fine NOTE If you ve already stored a document on the hard disk drive and want to store another one click the PIN button and enter a new Job Name ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 235 a Enter a job name of up to 16 characters under Job Name Setting and if required select Request Job Name for each print job Job Name Settings Job Name test Iv Request Job Name for each print job Personal ID Number PIN Enter 4 digits Use numbers 0 8 tees b Type a four digit personal ID number from 0000 to 7777 then click OK 4 Click Print The document will be stored on the hard disk and can then be printed on demand or deleted using the procedures given below To print the stored document 1 Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and press the SELECT button 2 Enter the personal ID number you selected above using the buttons on the printer control panel 3 Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name is displayed 4 Press the SELECT button to print the document ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 236 To delete a stored job from the hard disk drive 1 Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and press the SELECT button 2 Enter the personal ID number you selected above using the buttons on the printer control panel 3 Press the VALUE button until
231. ofile Setting Repeat steps 5 7 for each ICC profile you wish to define 9 Click OK and close the Printing Preferences dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 209 WINDOWS ICM COLOR MATCHING ICM is the color management system built into Windows Affects RGB data only Can be associated with either the PCL or PS driver Windows ICM uses ICC profiles for your monitor and printer these profiles describe the colors that your device is capable of reproducing ICC profiles can be associated with your printer via the Color Management tab of the printer driver Depending on how you have installed the printer driver the color profiles may already be associated with the driver To associate ICC Color Profiles with the printer driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 Click the Color Management tab 4 Under Color Profiles currently associated with this printer you should see the names of profiles that match your printer model If you do not see any profiles associated with the driver click Add and locate the ICC profiles for your printer Windows ICM uses the information in these profiles to convert colors in your documents to colors that the printer can reproduce The way in which this conversion is performed can be controlled via the ICM Intent control in the printer driver NOTE Oki also provides an alternative to Windows ICM wi
232. oftware application being used has a collate print option this must be turned OFF for overlay to operate correctly An overlay may consist of more than one component file ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 309 Creating documents to use as overlays An overlay can be created in any software application that can handle logos letterheads forms etc and can print to a file PCL Driver To create a print PRN file 1 With the file to be stored as an overlay open in your application program choose File then Print 2 Ensure that the Print To File option is switched on in your application s Print dialog box 3 Depending on the application you may need to select your OKI printer model and then click Properties This should open the printer driver settings Important Please ensure that you are using the Oki PCL driver to do this 4 Choose all of the printer driver settings with which you would like your overlay to print 5 Try to keep the overlay to a single sheet Don t use N up duplex finisher options etc when creating an overlay These can be added when printing the document that includes the overlay 6 Click OK to close the Properties dialog box 7 Click Print Instead of sending the print job to the printer this prompts you to save the print job on your PC s hard disk Give the file a meaningful name such as my template prn ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 310 PostScrip
233. og box click the appropriate driver on the General tab then click the Preferences button 3 Click the Job Options tab 4 Select the required printing resolution under Quality PostScript Driver PCL Driver L3 Printing Preferences L3 Printing Preferences Setup Job Options Color Setup Job Options Color Quality Quality Job Type 5 Normal HDD Stor D Copes C Collate Copes 1 L Colae Scale Scale O Quali wo O Quali wo O Normal Normal Finisher Finisher Fast Toner saving Output Bin OFast Toner saving Output Bin 5 Select Toner Saving if appropriate 6 Click OK then click Print ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 137 DUPLEX PRINTING PRINTING ON BOTH SIDES OF THE PAPER NOTE The optional duplex unit must be installed in the printer and enabled before duplex printing can be carried out e Standard paper sizes only Paper weight range 20 to 28 Ib US Bond 75 to 105 g m Paper must be loaded print side up Only Tray 1 optional Trays 2 and 3 and the High Capacity Feeder trays can be used for duplex printing The MP tray cannot be used for duplex printing NOTE These instructions explain how to change the settings as you are printing a job If you wish to change the settings to apply to all jobs Click Start Settings Printers and Faxes Right click the appropriate printer n
234. on the printer s hard disk 7 Goto the printer and print out the document using the front panel see below ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 303 Printing a confidential document from the front panel 1 Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and press the SELECT button 2 Enter the personal ID number you set above using the buttons on the printer control panel 3 Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name is displayed 4 Press the SELECT button The document will print and be deleted from the hard disk drive Deleting the confidential document before printing it 1 Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and press the SELECT button 2 Enter the personal ID number you set above using the buttons on the printer control panel 3 Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name is displayed 4 Press the CANCEL button to delete the job from the printer NOTE An alternative method of printing or deleting the remaining copies of the document is to use the Oki Storage Device Manager Please refer to the on line Help for the Oki Storage Device Manager software ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 304 STORE TO HARD DISK Store to hard disk job spooling allows print jobs to be temporarily stored on the hard disk before printing NOTE e The internal hard disk must be installed in the printer and enabled to allow for spooling
235. on to access the PRINT JOBS MENU then press the SELECT button Enter your personal ID number using the buttons on the printer control panel Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name is displayed Press the SELECT button to print the remaining copies of the document ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 300 Deleting copies If the proof is not ready for printing the job must be deleted from the printer 1 Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and press the SELECT button 2 Enter your personal ID number using the buttons on the printer control panel 3 Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name is displayed 4 Press the CANCEL button to delete the remaining copies of the document 5 When the deletion confirmation message appears confirm by pressing the SELECT button NOTE An alternative method of printing or deleting the remaining copies of the document is to use the Oki Storage Device Manager Please refer to the on line Help for Oki Storage Device Manager ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 301 SECURE PRINTING PRINTING CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS Secure printing or printing with passwords allows the printing of confidential documents on printers that are shared with other users NOTE The internal hard disk must be installed in the printer and enabled to allow for spooling of the print job before final printing If the hard dis
236. ownloading the print file to use as an overlay In the previous topic you created a print PRN file on your PC s hard disk This topic explains how download this file to the printer using the Storage Device Manager The Storage Device Manager software is included with the original software CDs that were supplied with your printer 1 Launch Storage Device Manager and allow the program to discover locate the printer 2 Click Project then New Project 3 Select Add File to Project from the Project menu and select the PRN file s that you created earlier PCL This automatically generates a BIN file Important At this step you will see in the project window that the BIN file is assigned an ID number You can change this ID number by double clicking it and entering a new one in the ID field PostScript This automatically generates a PostScript hst file Note the name that the file is assigned in the Storage Device Manager Names are case sensitive NOTE For PCL and PS this is important because you need to use this ID number or name when creating overlays in the printer driver Therefore it is recommended you change the ID number or name from the default value and note it for later use 4 Make sure the printer being used is highlighted in the lower window of the Storage Device Manager ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 242 5 6 Select the Project menu and then choose Send Project Files to Pr
237. ows 2000 Printer Drivers 173 For the internal hard disk drive PostScript driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 Click the Device Settings tab 4 Under Installable Options change the setting for the Hard Disk drop down box to Installed General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Security Device Settings J P5 Device Settings m E Form To Tray Assignment gg Font Substitution Table Available PostScript Memory 4886 KB Output Protocol ASCII Send CTRL D Before Each Job No Send CTRL D After Each Job Yes Job Timeout 0 seconds Wait Timeout 300 seconds Minimum Font Size to Download as Outline 100 pixel s Maximum Font Size to Download as Bitmap 600 pixel s Bg an Installable Options Available Tray 1 Standard Duplex Installed Hard Disk Finisher Not Installed Memory Configuration 128 MB 5 Click OK and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Printer Drivers 174 PCL driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 Onthe Device Options tab click Printer Hard Disk 4 Click OK and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Printer Drivers 175 For additional paper trays PostScript driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 Click the D
238. ows XP 169 PostScript color matching Windows 2000 204 Windows Me 98 95 278 Windows NT 356 Windows XP 123 Power cable 38 Print Jobs Menu 53 Print Menu 55 Printer Changing display language 43 Components 23 Control panel 40 Location 22 Menu settings 44 Unpacking 20 Printer drivers Windows 2000 171 Windows Me 98 95 252 Windows NT 322 Windows XP 89 Printer settings Confirming 52 List of settings 53 Printing menu list 52 Printer status utility Windows 2000 189 WIndows Me 98 95 261 Windows NT 341 Windows XP 108 Printing Booklets 375 PrintSuperVision 532 Proof and print Windows 2000 229 Windows Me 98 95 298 Windows NT 380 Windows XP 147 Protective sheet removal 26 R Rendering intents Windows 2000 205 Windows Me 98 95 279 Windows NT 357 Windows XP 123 Resolution Windows 2000 218 Windows Me 98 95 289 Windows NT 370 Windows XP 137 S Secure print Windows 2000 232 Windows Me 98 95 302 Windows NT 383 Windows XP 150 Setting up Power cable 38 Protective sheet removal 26 Toner cartridge installation 29 Software utilities 482 Status messages 422 Status utility Windows 2000 189 Windows Me 98 95 261 Windows NT 341 ES 3037 3037e Windows Index 543 Windows XP 108 Storage device manager 490 Store to hard disk Windows 2000 235 Windows Me 98 95 305 Windows NT 387 Windows XP 153 System Adjust Menu 75 System Config Menu 62 I Toner cartridge 405 Toner cartridge installation 29 405 Transfer b
239. ox ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 165 Defining Overlays PCL 1 Click Start Settings Printers and Faxes 2 Highlight the printer name and click Printing Preferences 3 4 Click the Job Options tab Click the Overlay button Print Using Active Overlays Active Overlays Defined Overlays Name Pages 0 0 0 0 1 Define Overlays est Print Cancel Help Default ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 166 5 To define an overlay click the Define Overlays button Define Overlays Defined Overlays Add ae T Overlay Name I 1 ID Value s I 1 Print on Pages aPaes Custom Pages I 1 5 Enter page numbers and or page ranges separated by commas For example 1 3512 i 6 Enter the file name of the overlay in the Overlay Name list NOTE The Overlay Name must be EXACTLY the same as the file name you made a noted of in the previous section This is the name under which the file is stored on the printer s hard disk drive It is case sensitive 7 Enter the ID of the file in ID Values Please refer to the instructions for the Storage Device Manager utility 8 Select which pages the overlay is to be printed on from Print on Pages or use Custom Pages to select specific page numbers in the document then click Add 9 Click Close 10 Highlight the overlay name under Defined Overlay and click the Add button to add the overlay to the list in Active Overlays
240. ox appears 3 Click the Overlay tab 4 Under Defined Overlays click any overlays you wish to use to select more than one press the Ctrl key while selecting the names then click Add Each name appears in the Active overlays box To print a sample of an overlay to see what it looks like click the name under Defined Overlays then click Test Print f you wish to add more overlays to the list click Define overlays then fill in the appropriate information in the Define overlays dialog box and click Close 5 Click Print using active overlays then click Print ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 514 Editing Defined Overlays 2000 PCL 1 2 Click Start Settings Printers Right click the Oki PCL printer icon then click Printing Preferences The Oki Printing Preferences dialog box appears 3 Click the Overlay tab ono Click Define overlays The Define overlays dialog box appears Under Defined overlays click the overlay to be edited Make your changes then click Apply Click Close Click OK and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 515 Deleting Defined Overlays 2000 PCL 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Right click the Oki PCL printer icon then click Printing Preferences The Oki Printing Preferences dialog box appears 3 Click the Overlay tab 4 Click Define Overlays The Define Overlays dialog box appears 5 Under Defined overlay
241. page sizes can be defined in the PCL driver BSS 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the print dialog box click the appropriate PCL driver then click Properties or Setup or your application s equivalent 3 Click the Setup tab then select User Defined in the Size box under Media NOTE You may see a Warning dialog box indicating a conflict If you do click OK and the driver will automatically make the needed changes to correct for the conflict The Set Free Size dialog box appears ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 287 4 Enter the width and length measurements then click OK Width 215 9 762 3280 Length 34 1270 12000 Unit mm inch 5 Check that User Defined now appears in the Size box on the Setup tab NOTE To save the setting for future use Click Paper Feed Options then click Custom Size Enter the relevant information in Width and Height and give your document size a name under Name Click Add Click OK twice 6 Click OK The Custom Page Size is added to the bottom of the Paper Size list 7 Click OK to close the Properties dialog box 8 Print the document ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 288 CHANGING THE RESOLUTION FOR A PRINT JOB NOTE These instructions explain how to change the settings as you are printing a job If you wish to change the settings to apply to all jobs default settings e Cl
242. pecifies a character set Specifies a symbol set ES 3037 3037e Setting up 67 LEN NN NN LETTER 0 STYLE ZERO CHARACTER LINE PITCH WHITE PAGE SKIP CR FUNCTION LF FUNCTION LINE LENGTH FORM LENGTH TOF POSITION LEFT MARGIN FIT TO LETTER TEXT HEIGHT CONT PAPER MODE PPR Emulation Menu continued The default settings are bold Disable Enable Normal Slashed 6 LPI 8 LPI OFF ON CR CR LF LF LF CR 80 COLUMN 136 COLUMN 11 INCH 11 7 INCH 12 INCH 0 0 to 1 0 INCH in 0 1 inch increments 0 0 to 1 0 INCH in 0 1 inch increments Disable Enable Same Diff Off On Description Specifies the style that replaces 9BH with o and 9DH with a zero Sets the zero to be slashed or unslashed Specifies the line spacing Specifies whether or not the printer ejects a blank sheet Not available with duplex operation Sets functionality on receipt of CR code Sets functionality on receipt of LF code Specifies the number of characters per line Specifies the length of paper Specifies the distance of print from the top edge of the paper Specifies the distance of print from the left hand edge of the paper Sets the printing mode that can fit print data equivalent to 11 inches 66 lines in the LETTER size printable area Sets the height of a character SAME Regardless of CPI same height DIFF As CPI character heights vary Sets the edit direction of pap
243. pt 1 With the file to be stored as an overlay open in your application program choose File then Print 2 Ensure that the Print To File option is switched on in your application s Print dialog box 3 Depending on the application you may need to select your OKI printer model and then click Properties This should open the printer driver settings Select the Job Options tab and click the Overlays button Choose Create Form from the menu Click OK to close the Properties dialog box ons Click OK to print the document to a file Instead of sending the print job to the printer this prompts you to save the print job on your PC s hard disk Give the file a meaningful name such as my template prn Important Please ensure that you are using the Oki PostScript driver to do this ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 392 Downloading the print file to use as an overlay In the previous topic you created a print PRN file on your PC s hard disk This topic explains how download this file to the printer using the Storage Device Manager The Storage Device Manager software is included with the original software CDs that were supplied with your printer 1 Launch Storage Device Manager and allow the program to discover locate the printer 2 Click Project then New Project 3 Select Add File to Project from the Project menu and select the PRN file s that you created earlier PCL This automatically
244. r driver Properties dialog box anew Status tab is added an Option button is added to the Device Option tab This utility allows you to view but not change the status of the following on the Status tab paper trays installed and the media assigned to them total size and percentage used of disk memory percentage of toner remaining Important If you select Automatic Status Update in the Status tab the driver will automatically ping the printer for the latest status information every time you open the Properties dialog box This causes a significant delay until the Properties dialog box opens To avoid this use the Update Status button in the Status tab to manually update the information on demand ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Printer Drivers 341 Windows NT 4 0 Operation This section explains how to set up color printing and how to use the printer s features including N up printing see page 359 Custom page sizes see page 362 Selecting print resolution see page 370 Duplex printing see page 372 Watermarks see page 377 Collating see page 379 Proof and Print see page 380 Secure print printing confidential documents see page 383 Storing files to the hard disk drive see page 387 Using overlays see page 390 Printing posters see page 401 NOTE Most applications allow the printer properties to be accessed from within the document print dialog box ES 3037 30
245. raphics and 50 are print runs of 15 pages or more CAUTION Never expose the image drum to light for more than 5 minutes Never expose the image drum to direct sunlight Never touch the surface of the green drum inside the image drum unit 1 Switch off the printer and open the top cover ES 3037 3037e Maintenance 411 2 Remove the appropriate image drum toner cartridge from the printer 3 Remove the new image drum from the packaging 4 Remove the protective sheet and film from the new image drum ES 3037 3037e Maintenance 412 5 Install the new image drum in the printer 6 Push the tab inwards and remove the blanking plate 2 from the image drum 7 Install a new toner cartridge of the corresponding color see Changing the toner cartridge on page 405 WARNING Take extreme care when handling toner Toner can be harmful if inhaled swallowed or if it gets in the eyes Toner can also stain hands and clothing 8 Close the top cover ES 3037 3037e Maintenance 413 CHANGING THE TRANSFER BELT When the transfer belt reaches the end of its life CHANGE BELT UNIT is displayed in the control panel The transfer belt life is approximately 80 000 sheets letter long edge feed However this assumes a standard print job of three sheets If single sheets are printed transfer belt life is reduced 1 Switch off the printer and open the top cover 2 Remove all four im
246. rder Front to Back C Back to Front Pages Per Sheet 46 v ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 223 Printing booklets using the PCL driver 1 2 3 Open the file in your application and select File Print In the Print dialog box click the PS driver on the General tab then click the Setup tab Under Finishing Mode select Booklet in the drop down box lcc 0o General Setup Job Options Color m Media Size fletter85x11n x Source o sx Weight PrinterSeting gt Paper Feed Options r Finishing Mode Driver Settings 3 Untitled bd Add Remove Letter 8 5 x in Default ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 224 4 Click the Options button and set Signature 2Pages Right to Left and Bind Margin as required then click OK 5 Click Print ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 225 PRINTING WATERMARKS PCL DRIVER ONLY 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the Print dialog box click the PCL driver on the General tab then click the Job Options tab 3 Click the Watermark button 4 Select a name from the Watermark list Watermark CONFIDENTIAL New Bemove Edit T First Page only Cancel Hep Defaut ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 226 NOTE To create a new watermark or edit an existing w
247. remaining 7 5K yyy YELLOW TONER 15K xxx Displays yellow toner remaining 7 5K yyy ES 3037 3037e Setting up 79 LIST OF ADMINISTRATOR MENU SETTINGS NOTE Only system administrators have access to this menu To enter this menu turn on the printer while holding down the ITEM button ALL CATEGORY PRINT JOBS MENU INFORMATION MENU SHUTDOWN MENU PRINT MENU MEDIA MENU COLOR MENU SYSTEMCONFIG MENU OP menu The default settings are bold Enable Disable Enable Disable Enable Disable Enable Disable Enable Disable Enable Disable Enable Disable Enable Disable Description Enable Disable all categories of User Menu Set to Disable no user menu is shown except the PRINT JOB MENU Panel Lock is still available Enable Disable PRINT JOBS MENU Set to Disable PRINT JOBS MENU is not displayed PRINT JOB MENU is displayed when this MENU setting is set to ENABLE even though ALL CATEGORY is set to DISABLE Enable Disable INFORMATION MENU Set to Disable INFORMATION MENU is not displayed Enable Disable SHUTDOWN MENU Set to Disable SHUTDOWN MENU is not displayed Enable Disable PRINT MENU Set to Disable PRINT MENU is not displayed Enable Disable MEDIA MENU Set to Disable MEDIA MENU is not displayed Enable Disable COLOR MENU Set to Disable COLOR MENU is not displayed Enable Disable SYSTEM MENU Set to Disable SYSTEM MENU is not displa
248. ress briefly again to select the next menu Press for more than 2 seconds to scroll through the different menus 2 Item button Press briefly to scroll forward to the next menu item 3 Value button Press briefly to scroll forward to the next value setting for each menu item 4 Select button Press briefly to select the menu item or value indicated on the LCD ES 3037 3037e Setting up 41 CONTROL PANEL CONTINUED o 0 O MENU ITEM VALUE SELECT 0 9 ON LINE CANCEL 0 O O 5 Online button Switches between online and offline status When pressed in Menu mode it returns the printer to on line status When pressed with DATA PRESENT displayed it forces the printer to print out the remaining data in the printer When there is an error message indicating wrong paper size pressing the ONLINE button forces the printer to print 6 Item button Press briefly to scroll backward to the previous menu item 7 Value button Press briefly to scroll backward to the previous value setting for each menu item 8 Cancel button Press to cancel a print job ES 3037 3037e Setting up 42 MENU SETTINGS Changing the display language Menu Item Value Select O Ready Attention O 1 Press the ONLINE button to return the printer to offline status 2 Press the MENU button repeatedly until SYSTEM CONFIG MENU is displayed 3 Then press the SELECT
249. rint dialog so you can print using the alternative driver whenever you need to ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Printer Drivers 252 ENABLING INSTALLED OPTIONS IN THE DRIVERS Certain options such as additional memory the duplexer or additional trays may be installed in your printer Before using the printer you must enter the printer driver s and enable the options You only need to do this once For additional memory If you have additional memory in your printer use these instructions to update the Windows PostScript driver so that it recognizes the additional memory 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 Click the Device Options tab General Details Color Management Fonts Setup Job Options Colour Device Options PostScript r Installable options Additional Trays a Iv Duplex Option Unit IV Printer Hard Disk Finisher Installed Memory Cancel Epp Help ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Printer Drivers 253 4 Underinstalled Memory adjust the amount of memory to be the same as that now installed in the printer as shown in the MenuMap to generate a MenuMap printout see Printing the MenuMap on page 44 5 To specify usable printer memory size click the Memory button The driver automatically adjusts font cache size according to the memory option selected under Installed Memory Configuration B
250. rint file using the printer driver 2 Use the Storage Device Manager utility to convert this PRN file print file to a storable file format and download it to the printer Once someone has set up all the necessary overlay files on the printer other users only have to switch on the required settings in the printer driver to use the overlays NOTE The internal hard disk must be installed in the printer to allow for spooling of the print job before final printing If the hard disk memory is insufficient for the spooled data DISK FULL is displayed and only one copy printed If the software application being used has a collate print option this must be turned OFF for overlay to operate correctly An overlay may consist of more than one component file ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 239 Creating documents to use as overlays An overlay can be created in any software application that can handle logos letterheads forms etc and can print to a file PCL Driver To create a print PRN file 1 With the file to be stored as an overlay open in your application program choose File then Print 2 Ensure that the Print To File option is switched on in your application s Print dialog box 3 Depending on the application you may need to select your OKI printer model and then click Properties This should open the printer driver settings Important Please ensure that you are using the Oki PCL driver to do this
251. rinted color NOTE e The Swatch Utility does not guarantee that the printer will print the same color displayed on your monitor Consider the displayed color as a reference The printer may not be able to print the exact color that you desire For additional information including Applying Color Value in your Application and Setting Monitor Color see the Swatch Utility Read me file located in the Windows Programs list ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 485 PDF DIRECT PRINT UTILITY PDF Direct Print allows you to send a selected PDF file directly to the printer a faster and easier process than using Adobe Acrobat separately before printing PDF Direct Print also lets you set paper Source copies 2 sided printing print page range and other settings To use PDF Direct Print An optional built in hard disk must be installed The built in hard disk is standard on dxn models 128MB or larger memory is recommended Supports version PDF 1 3 Acrobat 4 0 or below A font environment on your system NOTE Some PDF files may not be able to print correctly ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 486 Starting To start PDF Direct Print 1 Right click on the file your want to print in Windows Explorer or on the file icon on the Desktop 2 Click PDF Direct Print then click Print Prirt e Add to Zp 0G Add to AA zip PDF Mirert Prnt gt Pnnte Setting ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 4
252. river Settings Untitled Add Remove Letter 8 5 x 11in 4 Click OK then click Print ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 140 PRINTING BOOKLETS NOTES You must have the duplex unit installed and enabled in order to print booklets Not available on some network connections see the Help file Some software applications may not support booklet printing The right to left setting allows a booklet to be printed for right to left reading which is used in some languages Printing booklets using the PostScript driver NOTE Booklet printing using the PostScript driver is restricted to 2 pages per sheet e g print a 512 x 8 inch booklet on 8 x 11 inch paper or print an 8 x 11 inch booklet on 11 x 17 inch paper 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the Print dialog box click the PS driver on the General tab then click the Preferences button ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 141 3 Onthe Layout tab under Pages Per Sheet select Booklet in the drop down list amp Printing Preferences Layout Paper Quality Job Options Color Overlay Orientation Portrait O Landscape CO Rotated Landscape Print on Both Sides O None Flip on Long Edge O Flip on Short Edge Page Order Front to Back Back to Front Pages Per Sheet 4 Click OK then click Print ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 142 Printing booklets
253. rk connections see the Help file Some software applications may not support booklet printing The right to left setting allows a booklet to be printed for right to left reading which is used in some languages Printing booklets using the PCL driver 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the Print dialog box select the PS driver then click Properties or Setup or your application s equivalent 3 Onthe Setup tab under Finishing Mode select Booklet in the list Letter 8 5 x 11in Automatically Select ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 375 4 Click the Options button and set Signature 2Pages Right to Left and Bind Margin as required then click OK 5 Click OK and print the document ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 376 PRINTING WATERMARKS PCL DRIVER ONLY 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the Print dialog box select the PCL driver then click Properties or Setup or your application s equivalent 3 Onthe Job Options tab click the Watermark button 4 Select a name from the Watermark list Watermark CONFIDENTIAL gi New Remove Edit T First Page only Cancel Hep Dea ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 377 NOTE To create a new watermark or edit an existing watermark Click the New or Edit button m oi E m lim om Fort coo fe s e
254. rogram s color management functions If you wish to manually adjust the color settings in your printer driver please be aware that color reproduction is a complex topic and there are many factors to take into consideration Some of the most important factors are listed below Differences between the range of colors a monitor or printer can reproduce Neither a printer nor a monitor is capable of reproducing the full range of colors visible to the human eye Each device is restricted to a certain range of colors In addition to this a printer cannot reproduce all of the colors displayed on a monitor and vice versa Both devices use very different technologies to represent color A monitor uses Red Green and Blue RGB phosphors or LCDs a printer uses Cyan Magenta Yellow and Black CMYK toner or ink A monitor can display very vivid colors such as intense reds and blues and these cannot be easily produced on any printer using toner or ink Similarly there are certain colors some yellows for example that can be printed but cannot be displayed accurately on a monitor This disparity between monitors and printers is often the main reason that printed colors do not match the colors displayed on screen ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 263 Viewing conditions A document can look very different under various lighting conditions For example the colors may look different when viewed standing next to a sunlit window
255. rum and give poor print quality Print quality can be improved by changing the media setting to Ultra Heavy However this will reduce the output speed and prevent the use of the duplex option Don t use very smooth shiny or glossy paper Don t use heavily embossed headed paper very rough paper or paper that has a large grain difference between the two sides Don t use paper with perforations cut outs or ragged edges Don t use carbon paper NCR paper photosensitive paper pressure sensitive paper or thermal transfer paper ES 3037 3037e Setting up 48 Envelopes Use only recommended envelopes OKI 52206301 and 52206302 see page 472 Envelopes should be stored flat and away from moisture direct sunlight and heat sources e Don t use envelopes with windows or metal clasps Don t use envelopes with self sealing flaps e Don t use damp damaged or curled paper envelopes Labels For recommended labels see your Handy Reference Guide Use only labels designed for use in color laser printers and photocopiers Labels should cover entire carrier sheet Carrier sheet or adhesive must not be exposed to any part of the printer ES 3037 3037e Setting up 49 PAPER FEED AND EXIT Selection of which paper feed and which paper exit to use for printing and whether simplex single sided or duplex double sided printing is available depends upon the paper size media weight and media type that is use
256. s 187 6 Click Paper Feed Options and make any other selections then click OK 7 Click OK twice and close the Printing Preferences dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Printer Drivers 188 Network Printer Status utility Available on TCP IP network connection only The Network Printer Status utility is available if your administrator has installed it If the utility is installed you will see the following changes to the printer driver Properties dialog box anew Status tab is added an Option button is added to the Device Option tab This utility allows you to view but not change the status of the following on the Status tab paper trays installed and the media assigned to them total size and percentage used of disk memory percentage of toner remaining Important If you select Automatic Status Update in the Status tab the driver will automatically ping the printer for the latest status information every time you open the Properties dialog box This causes a significant delay until the Properties box opens To avoid this use the Update Status button in the Status tab to manually update the information on demand ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Printer Drivers 189 Windows 2000 Operation This section explains how to set up color printing and how to use the printer s features including N up printing see page 211 Custom page sizes see page 213 Selecting print resolution see p
257. s Printer Port NetWare TCP IP EtherTalk Email Alerts SNMP Traps Admin Web E Done 9 nene Click on the items listed on the left to see Network Summary Login for Administrators Job Login Printer Menu To see real time printer status click the UPDATE STATUS button ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 537 OKI LPR UTILITY Oki LPR Utility allows you to print directly to a printer on the network without a print server It creates an Oki Printer Port and installs a pop up status box so you can monitor printer status Oki LPR operates in Windows Me 98 95 Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 and Windows XP operating systems How to Install The Oki LPR Utility supports TCP IP Your network administrator will first need to set up an IP address and TCP IP properties for your printer 1 To install the utility insert the Oki CD1 into the CD ROM drive If CD does not AutoPlay click Start gt Run Browse Browse to your CD ROM driver and double click Install exe then click OK 2 Click Network Software Installation Config LPR Utility Follow the on screen instructions ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 538 Oki LPR Status Box ea LREDREROReE File Remote Print Option Help Printer Queue Status Finish Queue The Oki LPR Utility Status Box displays the following information Printers Names of added printers You can add up to 30 printers Status LPR Utility status empt
258. s click the overlay to be deleted 6 Click Remove then click Close ES 3037 30376 Software Utilities 516 Windows Me 98 95 PCL Defining Overlays Me 98 95 PCL 1 2 o9 m Click Start Settings Printers Right click the Oki PCL printer icon then click Properties The Oki Properties dialog box appears Click the Job Options tab click the Overlay button Click Define overlays Under Overlay Name enter a name for the overlay Under ID Value enter the ID number for the file saved using Storage Device Manager see the File List printout In the Print on Pages drop down list select on which pages the overlay is to be printed or select Custom and enter specific page numbers under Custom pages Click Add then click Close Each overlay you defined appears in the Defined overlay list Click OK and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 517 Printing Overlays Me 98 95 PCL 1 2 Open the document in the software application Click File Print The Print dialog box appears Make sure the Oki PCL driver is selected then click Properties or your application s equivalent The Oki Properties dialog box appears Click the Overlay tab 5 Under Defined Overlays click any overlays you wish to use to select more than one press the Ctrl key while selecting the names then click Add The names appear in the Active overlays box To print a sample of a
259. s 2000 172 Windows Me 98 95 253 Windows NT 323 Windows NT driver 323 Windows XP 91 Windows XP driver 91 Menu settings 44 N Network Menu 71 Network Printer Status utility Windows 2000 189 Windows Me 98 95 261 Windows NT 341 Windows XP 108 Network printer status utility 535 N up printing Windows 2000 211 Windows Me 98 95 283 Windows NT 359 Windows XP 130 O OKI color matching Windows 2000 202 Windows Me 98 95 276 Windows NT 354 Windows XP 121 OKI LPR utility 538 OKI using ICC profiles Windows Me 98 95 282 OKI Using ICC Profiles feature Windows 2000 207 Windows XP 126 Optional paper trays enabling in Windows 2000 driver 176 enabling in Windows Me 98 95 driver 256 enabling in Windows NT driver 327 enabling in Windows XP driver 94 Options Additional memory 444 Additional paper trays 456 CCS Copier Unit 464 Duplex unit 451 High capacity feeder 460 Internal hard disk 448 Options enabling in Windows 2000 driver 172 Overlays Windows 2000 238 Windows Me 98 95 308 Windows NT 390 Windows XP 156 P Paper Feed 45 Manual feed 37 Sizes 46 Types 48 Paper feed default in the Windows 2000 printer driver 184 in the Windows NT printer driver 335 Paper jams 425 Paper size default in the Windows 2000 printer driver 184 ES 3037 3037e Windows Index 542 in the Windows NT printer driver 335 Parallel Menu 71 PDF direct print utility 486 Posters Windows 2000 251 Windows Me 98 95 320 Windows NT 401 Wind
260. s displayed and only one copy printed If the software application being used has a collate print option this must be turned OFF for overlay to operate correctly An overlay may consist of more than one component file Creating documents to use as overlays An overlay can be created in any software application that can handle logos letterheads forms etc and can print to a file PCL Driver To create a print PRN file 1 With the file to be stored as an overlay open in your application program choose File then Print 2 Ensure that the Print To File option is switched on in your application s Print dialog box 3 Depending on the application you may need to select your OKI printer model and then click Properties This should open the printer driver settings Important Please ensure that you are using the Oki PCL driver to do this 4 Choose all of the printer driver settings with which you would like your overlay to print ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 391 5 Try to keep the overlay to a single sheet Don t use N up duplex finisher options etc when creating an overlay These can be added when printing the document that includes the overlay 6 Click OK to close the Properties dialog box 7 Print the document Instead of sending the print job to the printer this prompts you to save the print job on your PC s hard disk Give the file a meaningful name such as my template prn PostScri
261. s how warm or cool the colors look NOTE Several of the Color Matching options make reference to your monitor s Color Temperature Many modern monitors allow the color temperature to be adjusted using the monitor s control panel There are several settings found on a typical monitor e 5000k Warmest yellowish lighting typically used in graphics arts environments 6500k Cooler approximates daylight conditions e 9300k Cool the default setting for many monitors and television sets k degrees Kelvin a measurement of temperature ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 192 How your software application displays color Some graphics applications such as CorelDRAW or Adobe Photoshop may display color differently from office applications such as Microsoft Word Please see your application s online help or user manual for more information Paper type The type of paper used can also significantly affect the printed color For example a printout on recycled paper can look duller than one on specially formulated glossy paper ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 193 CHOOSING A COLOR MATCHING METHOD There is no one way to achieve a good match between the document displayed on your monitor and its printed equivalent There are many factors involved in achieving accurate and reproducible color However the following guidelines may help in achieving good color output from your printer There are several
262. s the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name is displayed 4 Press the SELECT button to print the document To delete a stored document from the hard disk drive 1 Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and press the SELECT button 2 Enter the personal ID number you selected above using the buttons on the printer control panel 3 Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name is displayed 4 Press the CANCEL button to delete the remaining copies of the document 5 When the deletion confirmation message appears confirm by pressing the SELECT button NOTE An alternative method of printing or deleting the stored document is to use the Oki Storage Device Manager Please refer to the On line Help for the Oki Storage Device Manager software ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 155 PRINTING OVERLAYS What are Overlays An Overlay can be a combination of graphics fonts or text that is stored in the printer s flash memory or on the hard disk supplied on some models optional on others and printed whenever required The result is similar to the Watermark feature but with the ability to be much more elaborate Overlays can be useful for tasks such as printing letterheads forms or invoices and should reduce the need for pre printed stationery An example of using Overlays Suppose that you have created and stored three files in the printer using the Storage Device
263. s uses PostScript Color Rendering Dictionaries built into the printer and affects both RGB and CMYK data Select the rendering type from the Rendering Intent drop down list box PostScript Color Matchii coama ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 278 Rendering Intents When a document is printed a conversion takes place from the documents color space to the printer color space The rendering intents are essentially a set of rules that determine how this color conversion takes place The rendering intents that the printer driver provides are listed below Auto Best choice for printing general documents Perceptual Best choice for printing photographs Compresses the source gamut into the printer s gamut while maintaining the overall appearance of an image This may change the overall appearance of an image as all the colors are shifted together Saturation Best choice for printing bright and saturated colors if you don t necessarily care how accurate the colors are This makes it the recommended choice for graphs charts diagrams etc Maps fully saturated colors in the source gamut to fully saturated colors in the printer s gamut Relative Colorimetric Good for proofing CMYK color images on a desktop printer Much like Absolute Colorimetric except that it scales the source white to the usually paper white i e unlike Absolute Colorimetric this attempts to take the paper white into account Ab
264. shooting 435 Cannot configure for USB connection NOTES Windows 95 does not support USB Windows 98 upgraded from Windows 95 may not support USB Windows 98 original installation and Windows Me 2000 NT and XP all support USB The printer cannot be used with a USB hub Computer does not Check if there is a USB controller in the Windows device support USB interface manager USB cable does not meet Use USB cable to specification Ver 1 1 specifications Interface is disabled Check that USB interface is set to Enable Configuration procedure Configure again from the beginning was not correctly followed or cancelled USB cable is Reconnect or try another cable disconnected or faulty A USB hub is being used The printer cannot be used with a USB hub Connect the printer and computer directly Printout is garbled or incorrect with parallel connection Possible mismatch on Change parallel transmission mode see Parallel parallel connection between Transmission Mode above computer and printer ES 3037 3037e Windows Troubleshooting 436 Cannot print LPT WRITE ERROR displayed PRNUSBX WRITE ERROR is displayed Interface is disabled In the printer menu settings enable Parallel or USB interface Printer is switched OFF Switch ON Printer interface cable is Reconnect the printer interface cable disconnected A converter buffer extension Test by connecting printer and computer
265. sing Overlays 0 20000 308 TO create overlays 20 23 ices haces ke aaa Seb aes alesis 309 Creating documents to use as overlays 005 310 Downloading the print file to use as an overlay 312 ES 3037 3037e Windows Contents 8 Defining Overlays PostScript llle 314 Defining Overlays PCL 0 00 eee eee eee 317 Printing posters PCL only 0 00 0 ce eee ee eee 320 Windows NT 4 0 0 00 c cece eee eee e eee 322 Printer DIVES ds oc xb vcpupevDER vue he Sey oe 322 Which printer driver to use 2 llsl ee eee 322 Enabling Installed options in the drivers 323 For additional memory PostScript driver only 323 For the internal hard disk drive 00 0005 325 For additional paper trays 0 0 0 0 eee ee eee 327 For the duplex unit 329 For the high capacity feeder 0008 331 For the finisher eee eere Rep 333 Changing defaults for paper feed size and media in the driver 335 Network Printer Status utility llle esee 341 Operation eee Rei ee er rep RR RE E 342 Factors that affect color printing 008 343 Differences between the range of colors a monitor or printer can reproduce 00 343 Viewing conditions 0 02 eee ee eee een 344 Printer driver color settings 0 0 0 0 00 eee 344 Monitor settings i
266. solute Colorimetric Best for printing solid colors and tints such as Company logos etc Matches colors common to both devices exactly and clips the out of gamut colors to their nearest printed equivalent Tries to print white as it appears on screen The white of a monitor is often very different from paper white so this may result in color casts especially in the lighter areas of an image ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 279 Color Control Windows ICM This is the color management system built into Windows See Windows ICM color matching on page 281 Color Control Using ICC Profiles This option provides a method of matching RGB colors similar to Windows ICM matching See OKI Using ICC Profiles feature on page 282 Color Control No Color Matching Use this option to switch off all printer color matching Color Control Print in greyscale This option prints all documents as monochrome ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 280 WINDOWS ICM COLOR MATCHING ICM is the color management system built into Windows Affects RGB data only Can be associated with either the PCL or PS driver Windows ICM uses ICC profiles for your monitor and printer these profiles describe the colors that your device is capable of reproducing ICC profiles can be associated with your printer via the Color Management tab of the printer driver Depending on how you have installed the printer driver the color
267. ssage SERVICE CALL 034 appears on the LCD after switching the printer on turn the printer off and pull the main board back out and make sure the memory modules have been installed correctly 6 Print a MenuMap see Printing the MenuMap on page 44 and check that the Total Memory Size shown at the top of the MenuMap matches the memory now installed in the printer If it doesn t turn the printer off and pull out the main board and check to be sure that the modules are all firmly seated in their connectors 7 Inthe printer driver s change the installed memory to match the new value For Windows XP see page 91 For Windows 2000 see page 172 For Windows Me 98 95 PostScript driver only see page 253 For Windows NT 4 0 see page 323 ES 3037 3037e Accessories 447 INTERNAL HARD DISK DRIVE The optional internal hard disk is used to store documents for proof and print password or secure printing Installing the hard disk drive 1 Switch off the printer and disconnect the power cable and printer interface cable 2 Loosen the two screws 1 and remove the main board ES 3037 3037e Accessories 448 Hold the hard disk drive by the locking handle 1 then insert the handle locating lugs 2 and four locating feet 3 into the holes in the main board making sure the hard disk connector 4 starts to engage with the socket on the control board Gently push down on the locking handle 1 makin
268. st or affected Store paper within specified temperature and by static humidity levels The paper is creased or Remove the creased wrinkled paper from the feed wrinkled tray The paper is not aligned Adjust tray or manual feed guides correctly Paper doesn t feed Correct paper feed selection in the printer driver Paper jam has been cleared but printer does not print The top cover has not Removing a paper jam is not sufficient remained open until all Raise and gently lower the top cover especially if the paper jams have been paper jam has been removed from behind the front cover cleared ES 3037 3037e Windows Troubleshooting 434 PROBLEMS PRINTING FROM WINDOWS Cannot configure for parallel connection Possible cause The computer does not support bi directional parallel interface Parallel cable does not meet specifications The interface is disabled Configuration procedure was not correctly followed or cancelled Parallel cable is disconnected or faulty A converter buffer or extension cable is being used Remedy There is no fix for this problem You should only use a computer that does support a bi directional parallel interface Use a bi directional parallel cable to IEEE 1284 1994 standard Check that the parallel interface is set to enable Configure again from the beginning Reconnect or try another cable Test by connecting printer and computer directly ES 3037 3037e Windows Trouble
269. stration adjustment being tested An error has occurred setting up the registration Indicates wrong paper being used Serial framing error Check configuration of serial card Serial overflow error Check configuration of serial card Serial overrun error Check configuration of serial card Serial parity error Check configuration of serial card A serious error has occurred Call for service Starts the shutdown procedure to protect the file system on hard disk Change paper to correct size type Press On line to continue Stacker is full Remove the paper Indicates wrong paper size USB interface error has occurred The printer is warming up ES 3037 3037e Windows Troubleshooting 424 PAPER JAMS Paper jams are indicated by an error message on the display Paper jams are cleared as follows 1 Open the top cover of the printer NOTE Do not close the top cover completely until it latches during this process If the top cover is closed too soon the paper jam error will not be cleared To minimize possible damage to the drums due to exposure to light lower the top cover when appropriate but do not press down to latch it 2 Check the paper tray Pull out the paper tray and remove any jammed paper from the printer then gently push the paper tray back in ES 3037 3037e Windows Troubleshooting 425 3 Checkthe transfer belt and right side cover a Remove all four image drums and place them on
270. strips behind the LED heads and close the cover ES 3037 3037e Maintenance 420 7 Secure the cover with packing tape WARNING The printer weighs 160 Ibs 72 kg without the duplex unit 172 Ibs 78 kg with the duplex unit installed dxn models Three 3 people are required to lift the printer safely 8 Place the bottom styrofoam packing piece on the skid and lower printer onto it Then place the remaining styrofoam packing pieces around the printer 9 Place the box over the printer on the skid and secure it in place with the handle locks ES 3037 3037e Maintenance 421 Troubleshooting LCD MESSAGES The liquid crystal display LCD on the control panel indicates the printer status and if there is a problem with the printer Status and error messages are listed below together with an explanation of what each message means LCD Message DRUM NEAR LIFE we EMPTY NEAR END TONER LOW TONER SENSOR ERROR BELT UNIT MISSING CANCELLING JOB CENTRO I F ERROR CHANGE IMAGE DRUM CHANGE BELT UNIT CHANGE FUSER UNIT CHANGE PAPER TO CHECK CHECK BELT UNIT CHECK DUPLEX CHECK FUSER UNIT CHECK IMAGE DRUM COLLATE FAIL COLOR ADJUSTING COLOR BALANCE ADJUST Meaning An image drum is nearing the end of its life indicates color Warning that Tray is empty MP Tray is Tray 0 The paper in the selected is nearly finished indicates p
271. suggested methods depending on the type of document you are printing NOTE These suggestions are for guidance only Your results may vary depending on the application from which you are printing Some applications will override any color matching settings in the printer driver without warning RGB or CMYK The guidelines for choosing a color matching method makes distinctions between Red Green Blue RGB and Cyan Magenta Yellow Black CMYK Generally most documents you print will be in RGB format This is the most common and if you do not know your document s color mode assume that it is RGB Typically CMYK documents are only supported in professional Desktop Publishing and Graphics applications ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 194 Matching Photographic Images RGB only Oki Color Matching see page 202 is a generally a good choice Select a matching method appropriate to your monitor RGB or CMYK If you are printing photographic images from a graphics application such as Adobe Photoshop you may be able to use Soft Proofing to simulate the printed image on your monitor To do this you can use the ICC Profiles provided by Oki see Windows ICM color matching on page 210 and then print using the ICC profiles as the Print Space or Output space Matching Specific Colors e g a Company logo RGB only Oki Color Matching see page 202 and the sRGB setting PCL or PS driver PostScrip
272. t 1 With the file to be stored as an overlay open in your application program choose File then Print 2 Ensure that the Print To File option is switched on in your application s Print dialog box 3 Depending on the application you may need to select your OKI printer model and then click Properties This should open the printer driver settings Select the Job Options tab and click the Overlays button Choose Create Form from the menu o c0 A Click OK to close the Properties dialog box 7 Click OK to print the document to a file Instead of sending the print job to the printer this prompts you to save the print job on your PC s hard disk Give the file a meaningful name such as my template prn Important Please ensure that you are using the Oki PostScript driver to do this ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 311 Downloading the print file to use as an overlay In the previous topic you created a print PRN file on your PC s hard disk This topic explains how download this file to the printer using the Storage Device Manager The Storage Device Manager software is included with the original software CDs that were supplied with your printer 1 Launch Storage Device Manager and allow the program to discover locate the printer 2 Click Project then New Project ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 312 3 Select Add File to Project from the Project menu and select the PRN
273. t Your printer automatically detects paper type and weight You have the option however to override these settings as follows Menu Item Value _ Select O Attention Ready Qe CAUTION If media type or media weight are not correctly set print quality deteriorates and the fuser roller may be damaged 1 Press the ONLINE button to place the printer offline 2 Press the MENU button until MEDIA MENU is displayed then press the SELECT button 3 Press the ITEM or button until MEDIA TYPE or MEDIA WEIGHT for the required tray is displayed 4 Press the VALUE or button until the required paper type or weight is displayed then press the SELECT button An asterisk appears next to the selected paper type or weight 5 Press the ONLINE button to return the printer back to online status Select the correct paper settings in the printer driver before printing the file ES 3037 3037e Setting up 47 MEDIA RECOMMENDATIONS We recommend the following guidelines when selecting paper and envelopes for use in this printer CAUTION Print media must be able to withstand 446 F 230 C for 0 2 second Paper For recommended papers see your Handy Reference Guide Paper should be stored flat and away from moisture direct sunlight and heat sources Don t use damp damaged or curled paper The use of heavily laid or textured paper will seriously affect the life of the image d
274. t Color Matching using the Absolute Colorimetric option see page 204 Use the Color Swatch Utility to print out a chart of RGB swatches and enter your desired RGB values in your application s color picker PS only see page 200 RGB or CMYK If you are printing from a graphics application such as Adobe Photoshop you may be able to use Soft Proofing to simulate the printed image on your monitor To do this you can use the ICC Profiles provided by Oki see Windows ICM color matching on page 210 and then print using the ICC profiles as the Print Space or Output space PS only Alternatively use PostScript Color Matching with the Absolute Colorimetric setting see page 204 ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 195 Printing Vivid Colors RGB only Use Oki Color Matching see page 202 with the Monitor 6500k Vivid sRGB or Digital Camera settings PCL or PS RGB or CMYK Use PostScript Color Matching see page 204 with the Saturation option ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 196 COLOR MATCHING PCL DRIVER Color Matching Options The Color Matching options in the PCL driver can be used to help match your printed colors to the ones displayed on your monitor NOTE The PCL driver s color options are only designed to work with RGB data If you are printing CMYK data we recommend you use the PostScript driver ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 197 To manually set the color matching
275. t Request Job Name for each print job ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 384 b Type in a four digit personal ID number from 0000 to 7777 then click OK PostScript Driver PCL Driver 6 Enter the number of copies and if required select Collate 7 Click OK and print the document A print file of the document is created and stored on the hard disk drive 8 Goto the printer and print out the document using the front panel see below ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 385 Printing a confidential document from the front panel 1 Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and press the SELECT button 2 Enter the personal ID number you set above using the buttons on the printer control panel 3 Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name is displayed 4 Press the SELECT button The document will print and be deleted from the hard disk drive Deleting the confidential document before printing it 1 Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and press the SELECT button 2 Enter the personal ID number you set above using the buttons on the printer control panel 3 Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name is displayed 4 Press the CANCEL button to delete the job from the printer NOTE An alternative method of printing or deleting the remaining copies of the document is to use the Oki Storage Device Manager Please refer t
276. tScript Color Matching see page 278 with the Saturation option ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 268 COLOR MATCHING PCL DRIVER Color Matching Options The Color Matching options in the PCL driver can be used to help match your printed colors to the ones displayed on your monitor NOTE The PCL driver s color options are only designed to work with RGB data If you are printing CMYK data we recommend you use the PostScript driver ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 269 To manually set the color matching options in the PCL driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the appropriate printer name and click File then Properties 3 Click the Color tab a Click Manual Color under Color Mode then click Natural under Color Setting ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 270 4 Select the method you wish to use Monitor 6500K Perceptual Optimized for printing photographs when using a monitor with a color temperature of 6500K Monitor 6500K Vivid Optimized for printing bright colors when using a monitor with a color temperature of 6500K Ideal for office graphics Monitor 9300K Optimized for printing photographs when using a monitor with a color temperature of 9300K Digital Camera Optimized for printing photographs taken with a digital camera This tends to produce prints with lighter and brighter colors For some photographs other settings may be better d
277. tab under Media select User Defined Size in the Size list rs iie zel printing NOTE You may see a Warning dialog box indicating a conflict If you do click OK and the driver will automatically make the needed changes to correct for the conflict The Set Free Size dialog box appears ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 368 5 Select the unit then enter the width and length measurements to use then click OK Width 215 3 7 amp 2 3280 Length 34 1270 12000 Unit Default mm Co a ma 6 Check that User Defined now appears in the Size list on the Setup tab NOTE To save the setting for future use e Click Paper Feed Options then click Custom Size e Select the unit then enter the relevant information for Width and Height and give your custom size a name under Name e Click Add e Click OK twice The Custom Page Size is added to the bottom of the Paper Size list 7 Click OK and print the document ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 369 CHANGING THE RESOLUTION FOR A PRINT JOB NOTE These instructions explain how to change the settings as you are printing a job If you wish to change the settings to apply to all jobs default settings Click Start Settings Printers Right click the appropriate printer name then select Properties Follow steps 3 etc below note that the Properties screen for setting defaults will have more tabs
278. tallable Options t5 Available Tray 1 Standard Duplex Installed ip Hard Disk Installed BB Finisher Not Installed ip Memory Configuration lt 128 MB gt Change Duplex Setting j Not Installed teen 4 Click OK and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Printer Drivers 329 PCL driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 On the Device Option tab click Duplex Option Unit 4 Click OK and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Printer Drivers 330 For the high capacity feeder PostScript driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 Click the Device Settings tab Under Installable Options click Available Tray then select the appropriate setting 4 or 5 in the Change Available Tray Setting list General Ports Scheduling Sharing Securty Device Settings xX Add Euro Currency Symbol to PostScript Fonts No Mj Job Timeout 0 seconds Mj Wait Timeout 300 seconds Minimum Font Size to Download as Outline 100 pixel s g Maximum Font Size to Download as Bitmap lt 600 pixel s E Si Installable Options t5 Available Tray 4 High Capacity Feeder t5 Duplex Installed fi Hard Disk Installed BB Finisher Not Installed t5 Memory Con
279. taller Windows To load the utility Click Start Programs Color Swatch Color Swatch Utility ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 483 Selecting Colors When you load the utility a swatch page displays commonly used colors Select print to print sample pages x 5 EENEN ie Ste 25 x51 Color Samples Use the color blocks to pick the specific colors that you want to appear in your printed document Color Values Each color block or sample is identified with information your software package needs to reproduce that color accurately The numbers under each block specify the amounts of the primary colors red R green G and blue B that mix to form each particular shade The amounts are given as a numerical value between 0 and 255 ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 484 Creating Custom Swatch Colors If you don t find your desired color you can create or customize colors 1 Select Custom Swatch from the File menu 2 On the pop up window there are 3 slide bars that allow you to customize swatches Hue bar changes the hue of the swatches For example red to green or blue to yellow Saturation bar changes vividness Lightness bar changes darkness 3 Adjust the bars until you see the desired color Color variations are created to help you find the best match 4 Click OK then print the custom swatch page 5b Repeat these steps if you still don t find the desired p
280. ter Short Edge Letter Long Edge Executive Legal 14 Legal 13 5 Legal 13 Tabloid Extra Tabloid A3 Nobi A3 Wide A3 A4 Short Edge A4 Long Edge A5 A6 B4 B5 Short Edge B5 Long Edge Custom Com 9 envelope Com 10 envelope Monarch envelope DL Envelope C5 Envelope C4 Envelope Use long edge feed Description Selects print resolution ON Enables Toner Save mode OFF Disables Toner Save mode Selects monochrome printing speed Auto Prints at the most appropriate speed for page process Color Prints always at the color print speed Normal Prints always at the monochrome print speed Sets page orientation for printing Sets the number of lines that can be printed on a page Cassette size is selected when using standard sized paper in the paper tray Edit size is only used when printing one page size onto a different paper size e g A6 onto A4 edit size would be set to A6 but actual paper in paper tray is A4 Invalid in PostScript emulation ES 3037 3037e Setting up 56 TRAY 1 MEDIATYPE TRAY 1 MEDIAWEIGHT TRAY 2 MEDIATYPE TRAY 2 MEDIAWEIGHT TRAY 3 MEDIATYPE TRAY 3 MEDIAWEIGHT TRAY 4 MEDIATYPE TRAY 4 MEDIAWEIGHT TRAY 5 MEDIATYPE TRAY 5 MEDIAWEIGHT Media Menu The default settings are bold Plain Letterhead Transparency Bond Recycled Card stock Rough Auto Light Medium Light Medium Medium Heavy Heavy Ultra Heavy Plain Letterhead
281. th the Color Match Using ICC Profiles feature This is similar to Windows ICM but offers several additional features ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 210 PRINTING MULTIPLE PAGES ON ONE SHEET N UP PRINTING N Up printing using the PostScript driver 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the Print dialog box click the PS driver on the General tab then click the Layout tab 3 Under Pages Per Sheet select the required number of pages General Layout Paper Quality Job Options Color Overlay Drientation Portrait C Landscape C Rotated Landscape Print on Both Sides Duplex 5 None C Flip on Long Edge C Flip on Short Edge r Page Order Front to Back C Back to Front Pages Per Sheet 4 Click Print N Up printing using the PCL driver 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 Inthe Print dialog box click the PCL driver on the General tab then click the Setup tab ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 211 3 Under Finishing Mode select the required number of pages per sheet f Print Letter 8 5 x 11in 4 Click Options and select the Page Borders Page Layout and Bind Margin then click OK 5 Click Print ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 212 PRINTING CUSTOM PAGE SIZES Custom page sizes can only be printed from the Multi purpose tray The printer media s
282. the levers should move into the locked position ES 3037 3037e Maintenance 417 4 Using the handle 1 lower the new fuser unit into the printer and push down firmly to lock it in place 5 Make sure the two spring loaded locking levers lock the fuser unit into place 6 Close the top cover ES 3037 3037e Maintenance 418 CLEANING THE LED HEADS Clean the LED heads when printing is unclear printing has white lines when text is blurred 1 Switch off the printer and open the top cover CAUTION Do not use methyl alcohol or other solvents on the LED head these will damage the lens surface 2 Gently wipe each LED head surface with the LED lens cleaner or a soft tissue 3 Close the top cover ES 3037 3037e Maintenance 419 TRANSPORTING THE PRINTER This printer is a precision machine If it is transported without its protective packaging it may be prone to mechanical damage To prepare the printer for transportation 1 Turn off the printer 2 Disconnect the power cable and printer interface cable from the printer and remove any paper from the paper trays 3 Open the top cover and remove the four image drums 4 Seal the aperture on each image drum and its toner cartridge with plastic adhesive tape 1 to prevent any toner spillage during transportation 5 Place the four image drums complete with their toner cartridges back into the printer 6 Place the LED packing array
283. the printer drivers Installing network software ES 3037 3037e Setting up 88 Windows XP Printer Drivers See your printed Software Installation Guide for information on installing printer drivers WHICH PRINTER DRIVER TO USE Your printer comes with Windows drivers for PCL and Adobe PostScript PS You can install either of these or both if you wish Which driver you choose depends on your application f you use TrueType fonts and you do not print PostScript including eps files graphics choose the PCL driver This will be more efficient and give good results f you use PostScript fonts or you will be printing PostScript graphics choose the PostScript driver In this situation performance will be faster and graphics will be printed at their best quality NOTE The line art graphics in this manual are PostScript So if you plan to print parts of this manual choose the PostScript driver Otherwise the line art graphics will only print at low resolution If neither driver seems to cover all your needs you should install both drivers select the same printer port LPT1 or Network Port for both drivers during the installation Set the driver you plan to use most of the time to be your Windows default driver Most applications allow you to choose a different printer from within the print dialog so you can print using the alternative driver whenever you need to ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Printer Driv
284. the printer name and click File then Properties 3 Click the Device Settings tab ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Printer Drivers 323 5 Under Installable Options click Memory Configuration then select the memory in the Change Memory Configuration Setting list which matches what is now installed in the printer as shown in the MenuMap to generate a MenuMap printout see Printing the MenuMap on page 44 General Ports Scheduling Sharing Security Device Settings XxX Add Euro Currency Symbol to PostScript Fonts No g Job Timeout lt 0 seconds gt i Wait Timeout lt 300 seconds gt Minimum Font Size to Download as Outline 100 pixel s g Maximum Font Size to Download as Bitmap 500 pixel s E a Installable Options RB Available Tray 1 Standard t5 Duplex Installed A Hard Disk Installed t5 Finisher Not Installed t5 M Configuration Change Memory Configuration Setting Cancel Click OK and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Printer Drivers 324 For the internal hard disk drive PostScript driver 1 Click Start Settings Printers 2 Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties 3 Click the Device Settings tab 4 Under Installable Options make sure Hard Disk is set to Installed General Ports Scheduling Sharing Security Device Settings X Add Euro Currency Symbol to
285. the printer s flash memory or on the hard disk supplied on some models optional on others and printed whenever required The result is similar to the Watermark feature but with the ability to be much more elaborate Overlays can be useful for tasks such as printing letterheads forms or invoices and should reduce the need for pre printed stationery An example of using Overlays Suppose that you have created and stored three files in the printer using the Storage Device Manager the company logo the company address the company mission statement The Overlay feature allows these files to be incorporated into your document in various combinations depending on your requirements To create overlays 1 In your application create the document that you wish to use for Overlay printing e g a letterhead and generate a PRN file print file using the printer driver 2 Use the Storage Device Manager utility to convert this PRN file print file to a storable file format and download it to the printer ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 390 Once someone has set up all the necessary overlay files on the printer other users only have to switch on the required settings in the printer driver to use the overlays NOTE The internal hard disk must be installed in the printer to allow for spooling of the print job before final printing If the hard disk memory is insufficient for the spooled data DISK FULL i
286. the printer to recover automatically after a memory overflow or print overrun Sets the time between requesting that paper is inserted and when the print job is cancelled should paper not be inserted Only works in PostScript mode Sets the time between receiving the last byte of data and the page being automatically ejected Only works in PCL mode In PS mode the job will be cancelled ES 3037 3037e Setting up 62 System configuration menu continued The default settings are bold LOW TONER Continue Stop JAM RECOVERY ON OFF ERROR REPORT ON Off LANGUAGE English German French Italian Spanish Swedish Norwegian Danish Dutch Turkish Portuguese Polish Description If set to CONTINUE allows printing to continue when Low toner is displayed If STOP is selected when Low toner is displayed the printer goes off line Sets whether or not printing will continue after a paper jam has been cleared If set to OFF the print job that was being printed when the paper jam occurred will be cancelled after clearing the paper jam When set to ON the print job will continue after the jam has been cleared When set to ON prints an error report when internal error occurs Only works in PostScript mode Selects the printer display language ES 3037 3037e Setting up 63 PCL emulation The default settings are bold LEN CREE NN FONT SOURCE Resident DIMMO Selects location of the PCL font Downloaded
287. this is important because you need to use this ID number or name when creating overlays in the printer driver Therefore it is recommended you change the ID number or name from the default value and note it for later use 4 Make sure the printer being used is highlighted in the lower window of the Storage Device Manager 5 Select the Project menu and then choose Send Project Files to Printer This downloads the file to the printer The Storage Device Manager displays Command Issued to indicate that the file was downloaded successfully 6 Close the Storage Device Manager ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 161 Defining Overlays PostScript 1 Click Start Settings Printers and Faxes 2 Right click the printer name and click Printing Preferences 3 4 Click the Overlay tab Click the Overlay button Layout Paper Quality Job Options Color Overlay Active Overlay MAX 4 Overlay Defined Overlay MAX 32 Overlay New Ed Delete ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 162 5 Click the New button Define Overlays Overlay Name KEMTA Print on Pages All Pages z Custom Pages Enter page numbers and or page ranges separated by commas For example 1 3 5 12 Form setting Form Name X Defined Forms 6 Enter the file name of the overlay in the Overlay Name list and select the pages on which it is to be printed NOT
288. through the Adjust Density TRC Compensation function ADJUST Execute When this menu is selected the REGISTRATION printer performs an Auto Adjust Registration Must be executed in the idle state Auto Registration OFF CYAN 04 142 3 3 2 1 Makes a fine adjustment to image REGISTRATION registration in Cyan Magenta or FINE ADJUST Yellow against Black in the horizontal MAGENTA 0414243 3 2 1 direction The adjustment is reflected REGISTRATION as an offset addition value to the corrections through Auto Color FINE el Registration Correction Values are YELLOW 0 14 243 3 2 1 adjusted in increments of 1 1200th of REGISTRATION an inch Example if the paper FINE ADJUST movement is upward if a value is increased then it means the image moves downward in relation to it INK SIMULATION Off SWOP The printer has its own process simulation generator which simulates standard colors in the printer This function is enabled only with Postscript language jobs INK LIMIT Dark Medium Light Selects the limit of the toner layer thickness If paper curl occurs in DARK printing selecting MEDIUM or LIGHT sometimes helps reduce curl ES 3037 3037e Setting up 60 CMY 100 DENSITY Color Menu continued The default settings are bold Disable enable Description Selects enable disable 100 output against the CMY100 TRC compensation Ordinarily the TRC compensation function controls the appropriate print density thus 10
289. ting the remaining copies of the document is to use the Oki Storage Device Manager Please refer to the on line Help for Oki Storage Device Manager ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 382 SECURE PRINTING PRINTING CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS Secure printing or printing with passwords allows the printing of confidential documents on printers that are shared with other users NOTE The internal hard disk must be installed in the printer and enabled to allow for spooling of the print job before final printing fthe hard disk memory is insufficient for the spooled data DISK FULL is displayed and only one copy printed e f the software application being used has a collate print option this must be turned OFF for secure printing to operate correctly Secure printing may not be available in some software applications TET Open the file in your application and select File Print In the Print dialog box select the appropriate driver Select Print to file Click Properties or Setup or your application s equivalent m FP eo NY gt On the Job Options tab under Job Type select Secure Print NOTE If you have already stored a Secure Print document on the hard disk drive and have not yet printed it click the PIN button and enter a new name for the current document ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 383 a Enter a job name of up to 16 characters under Job Name and if required selec
290. ttn gt Source pa x Weight PrinterSeting Paper Feed Options Finishing Mode Options r 2 Sided Printing r Driver Settings Untitled x Add Remove Letter 8 5 x 11in Default ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 221 PRINTING BOOKLETS NOTES You must have the duplex unit installed and enabled in order to print booklets Not available on some network connections see the Help file Some software applications may not support booklet printing The right to left setting allows a booklet to be printed for right to left reading which is used in some languages ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Operation 222 Printing booklets using the PostScript driver Important Booklet printing using the PostScript driver is restricted to 2 pages per sheet e g print a 5 x 8 inch booklet on 8 x 11 inch paper or print an 8 x 11 inch document on 11 x 17 inch paper 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 Inthe Print dialog box click the PCL driver on the General tab then click the Layout tab 3 Under Pages Per Sheet select Booklet in the drop down list 4 Click Print Print Ad xl General Layout Paper Quality Job Options Color Overlay gt Orientation Portrait C Landscape C Rotated Landscape gt Print on Both Sides Duplex 5 C None Flip on Long Edge Flip on Short Edge m Page O
291. tware Utilities 496 Creating PostScript Forms NOTE PostScript forms are the ones to use if you are not experienced with PCL Macro commands Creating amp Downloading a PostScript Project Important Remember that file names and paths are case sensitive Step 1 Create the Forms in Your Software Application 1 Create the document in your software application 2 Click File Print and make sure the Oki PostScript driver is selected 3 Select Print to file 4 Engage the Encapsulated PostScript EPS output option Windows Me 98 95 Click Properties or your application s equivalent Click the PostScript tab then if it is not already selected click Encapsulated PostScript EPS Windows NT 4 0 Click Properties or your application s equivalent Scroll down to PostScript Options and click it then click PostScript Output Option and select Encapsulated PostScript EPS 5 Click OK 6 Print the document to a file using the extension PRN ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 497 Step 2 Create a New Project 1 Open Storage Device Manager 2 Click Projects New Project The Project dialog box opens 3 Click Projects Save Project enter the path name for storing the project on your hard drive or your network then click Save Step 3 Add Files to the Project 1 Click Projects Add File to Project The Open dialog box appears 2 Make sure PRN files prn is sel
292. ty Job Type Quality Job Type Normal Normal Proof and Print Proof and Print O Secure Print O Secure Print O Store to HDD O Store to HDD 2 Copes 10 Colate Copies 1 Collate Scale G Fine 4 Click OK then click Print ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 146 PROOF AND PRINT Proof and print allows printing of a single copy of a document for checking before printing multiple copies of the same document NOTES The internal hard disk must be installed in the printer and enabled to allow for spooling of the print job before final printing If the hard disk memory is insufficient for the spooled data DISK FULL is displayed and only one copy is printed If the software application being used has a collate print option it must be turned OFF for proof and print to operate correctly Proof and print may not be available in some software applications 1 Open the file in your application and select File Print 2 In the Print dialog box click the appropriate driver on the General tab then click the Preferences button ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Operation 147 3 Enter the number of copies and if required select Collate PostScript Driver PCL Driver amp Printing Preferences Layout Paper Quality Job Options Color Overlay Setup Job Options Color Job Type Quality Job Type 9 Normal 5 Normal Proof and Print Proof and Print Q Secure Print Secure Print
293. up to 6 ft 1 8 meters Must comply with FCC regulations must be shielded with twisted pair conductors and must be UL and CSA approved Transmission modes Compatible Nibble ECP Interface level low 0 0 to 0 8V high 2 4 to 5 0V ES 3037 3037e Specifications 465 Universal Serial Bus USB interface Network Print speed in pages per minute ppm Paper feed Media size Trays 1 thru 5 Designation USB specification Version 1 1 Connection USB Type B Required cable Shielded USB specification Version 1 1 Transmission mode Full speed 12 Mbps 25 maximum Power control self powered device 100BASE TX 10BASE T option Color letter 30 ppm tabloid 16 ppm Monochrome letter 37 ppm tabloid 20 ppm Transparencies color letter 10 ppm Paper tray manual feed optional additional paper tray s optional high capacity feeder Letter Legal 14 Legal 13 5 Legal 13 Tabloid Tabloid Extra Executive A3 A3 Nobi A3 Wide A4 A5 B4 B5 A6 Tray 1 only Print speed varies with paper size media weight and paper feed Exit method is limited by paper size media weight and paper feed Media size MP tray Letter Legal 14 Legal 13 5 Legal 13 Tabloid Tabloid Extra Executive A3 A3 Nobi A3 Wide A4 A5 B4 B5 A6 Envelopes C5 DL C4 Com 9 Com 10 Monarch Custom up to 1200mm length ES 3037 3037e Specifications 466 Paper capacity Media weight Paper exit capac
294. ur groups under Defined Overlay then click Add Click OK and print the document Editing Defined Overlays Me 98 95 PostScript 1 2 Click Start Settings Printers Right click the Oki PostScript printer icon then click Properties The Oki Properties dialog box appears 3 Click the Job Options tab Click the Overlay button 4 Under Defined Overlay click the name of the group you wish to modify then click Edit The Define Overlays dialog box appears Make your changes then click OK twice and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 522 Deleting Defined Overlays Me 98 95 PostScript 1 2 Click Start Settings Printers Right click the Oki PostScript printer icon then click Properties The Oki Properties dialog box appears 3 Click the Job Options tab Click the Overlay button 4 Under Defined Overlay click the name of the group you wish to remove then click Delete 5 Click OK twice and close the Printers dialog box 6 Click OK and close the Printers dialog box ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 523 Windows NT 4 0 PCL Defining Overlays NT 4 0 PCL 1 2 Click Start Settings Printers Right click the Oki PCL printer icon then click Document Defaults The Oki Default dialog box appears 3 Click the Job Options tab Click the Overlay button 4 Click Define overlays The Define overlays dialog box appears 5 Under Overl
295. ur monitor RGB or CMYK If you are printing photographic images from a graphics application such as Adobe Photoshop you may be able to use Soft Proofing to simulate the printed image on your monitor To do this you can use the ICC Profiles provided by Oki see Windows ICM color matching on page 281 and then print using the ICC profiles as the Print Space or Output space Matching Specific Colors e g a Company logo RGB only Oki Color Matching see page 276 and the sRGB setting PCL or PS driver PostScript Color Matching using the Absolute Colorimetric option see page 278 Use the Color Swatch Utility to print out a chart of RGB swatches and enter your desired RGB values in your application s color picker PS only see page 272 RGB or CMYK If you are printing from a graphics application such as Adobe Photoshop you may be able to use Soft Proofing to simulate the printed image on your monitor To do this you can use the ICC Profiles provided by Oki see Windows ICM color matching on page 281 and then print using the ICC profiles as the Print Space or Output space PS only Alternatively use PostScript Color Matching with the Absolute Colorimetric setting see page 278 ES 3037 3037e Windows Me 98 95 Operation 267 Printing Vivid Colors RGB only Use Oki Color Matching see page 276 with the Monitor 6500k Vivid sRGB or Digital Camera settings PCL or PS RGB or CMYK Use Pos
296. urce Sf Multi Purpose Tray Color Q Black amp White 9 Color ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Printer Drivers 103 5 Click the Advanced button 6 Under Paper Output select the media size in the Paper Size drop down list Setup Job Options Color m Media Size Letter 85x1lin X Source Automatically Select X Paper Feed Options r Finishing Mode Options Driver Settings 4 Untitled S Add Letter 8 5 x 11in Default ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Printer Drivers 104 7 Under Document Options Printer Features click Media Type and select the media from the drop down list PS Advanced Document Settings E 35 Paper Output Paper Size Tabloid E iu Graphic B Image Color Management ICM Method ICM Disabled ICM Intent Pictures TrueType Font Substitute with Device Font ike Document Options Advanced Printing Features Enabled PostScript Options B d Printer Features Media Type MEE Multipurpose tray is handled as manual feed No Tray Switch On Media Check On Page Rotate Normal Cancel 8 Click OK twice and close the Printers and Faxes dialog box ES 3037 3037e Windows XP Printer Drivers 105 PCL drivers 1 Click Start Settings Printers and Faxes 2 Right click the printer name and click Printing Preferences 3 On the Setup tab under
297. x 5 None Flip on Long Edge C Flip on Short Edge Page Order Front to Back C Back to Front Pages Per Sheet 1 J Advanced Cancel Anny ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Printer Drivers 184 3 If you will be using heavy media transparencies envelopes or labels click the Job Options tab and set the Output Bin under Finisher to Stacker Face up 4 Click the Paper Quality tab Under Tray Selection select the paper feed in the Paper Source drop down box Layout Papet Qualiy Job Options Color Overlay r Tray Selection Paper Source M m Color C Black amp White Color cma a 5 Click the Advanced button 6 Under Paper Output select the media size in the Paper Size drop down box EJ Advanced Document Settings B 35 Paper Output Paper Size B lu Graphic A 9o Image Color Management ICM Method ICM Disabled ICM Intent Pictures TrueType Font Substitute with Device Font B ie Document Options Advanced Printing Features Enabled PostScript Options a A Printer Features Media Type Printer Setting Multipurpose tray is handled as manual feed No Tray Switch On Media Check On Page Rotate Normal ES 3037 3037e Windows 2000 Printer Drivers 185 7 Under Document Options Printer Features click Media Type and select the media from the drop down box d PS Advanced Document Settings E 35 Paper
298. y 00 0 375 Printing booklets using the PCL driver 375 Printing watermarks PCL driver only 377 Collatin es tks so A Ge a ace geen qure eei 379 Proof and print olet Re Re 380 Prin ngcopies uc ed RR e aA ER RR ES 382 Deleting copies eise se ree meses 382 Secure printing printing confidential documents 0 0 383 Printing a confidential document from the front panel 386 Deleting the confidential document before printing it 386 Store to hard disk 0 ee eee eee 387 To print the stored document 0 20 0008 389 To delete a stored document from the hard disk drive 389 Printing overlays eci eibi eM ERR RR Res 390 What are Overlays 0 0 eee ees 390 An example of using Overlays 0 200008 390 Tocreate overlayS oae gk Re P ea DR Rr RES 390 Creating documents to use as overlays 004 391 Downloading the print file to use as an overlay 393 Defining Overlays PostScript 02 0000 394 Defining Overlays PCL 0000 ce eee eee 398 Printing posters PCL driver only 0 000 401 Maintenance i c oce rH RR OUCREROR A eee nes 403 Adding Paper i ore GES Een P PELLE 403 Changing the toner cartridge 0 000 000 0000005 405 Changing the image drum 0 000 000 00 00005 411 Chan
299. y connecting sending paused checking status not connected Finish Number of completed jobs Queue Number of jobs waiting to be printed Additional Information For help using the Oki LPR Utility click on HELP in the program ES 3037 3037e Software Utilities 539 Index A Additional memory 444 enabling in Windows 2000 driver 172 enabling in Windows Me 98 95 driver 253 enabling in Windows NT driver 323 enabling in Windows XP driver 91 Additional paper trays 456 B Booklets 375 Windows 2000 222 Windows Me 292 Windows NT 375 Windows XP 141 C Changing defaults media Windows 2000 184 Windows NT 335 paper feed Windows NT 335 paper size Windows NT 335 Choosing a color matching method Windows 2000 194 Windows Me 98 95 266 Windows NT 346 Windows XP 113 Collating Windows 2000 228 Windows Me 98 95 296 Windows NT 379 Windows XP 146 Color matching Windows Me 98 95 269 Color matching PostScript Windows 2000 201 Windows NT 352 Windows XP 120 Color printing factors Windows 2000 191 Windows NT 343 Windows XP 110 Color swatch utility 483 Color swatch utility PCL Windows 2000 200 Windows NT 351 Windows XP 119 Color swatch utility PCL Windows Me 98 95 272 Components 23 Confidential documents Windows 2000 232 Windows Me 98 95 302 Windows NT 383 Windows XP 150 Connection Power cable 38 Control panel 40 Custom page sizes Windows 2000 213 Windows Me 98 95 285 Windows NT 362 Windows X
300. y there are certain colors some yellows for example that can be printed but cannot be displayed accurately on a monitor This disparity between monitors and printers is often the main reason that printed colors do not match the colors displayed on screen ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 343 Viewing conditions A document can look very different under various lighting conditions For example the colors may look different when viewed standing next to a sunlit window compared to how they look under standard office fluorescent lighting Printer driver color settings The driver settings for Manual color can change the appearance of a document There are several options available to help match the printed colors with those displayed on screen These options are explained in subsequent sections of this User Manual Monitor settings The brightness and contrast controls on your monitor can change how your document looks on screen Additionally your monitor color temperature influences how warm or cool the colors look NOTE Several of the Color Matching options make reference to your monitor s Color Temperature Many modern monitors allow the color temperature to be adjusted using the monitor s control panel There are several settings found on a typical monitor e 5000k Warmest yellowish lighting typically used in graphics arts environments 6500k Cooler approximates daylight conditions 9300k Coo
301. y in use empties TRAY Down Up Paper Specifies selection order priority for SEQUENCE feed tray Switching Auto Tray Select Auto Tray Switch MP TRAY Normal tray High Specifies MP tray usage USAGE priority tray Feed Normal tray Tray select switch when mismatching Use as a normal tray Do not use High priority tray Valid with Tray select only If there is paper in the MP tray and Duplex is not specified the printer uses the MP tray Feed when mismatching When a paper mismatch occurs i e the tray s paper size media type does not match the print data a paper request is issued to the MP Tray If the data is for Duplex print a specified tray is used instead of the MP tray Do not use Even if auto switching MP Tray will not be used If MP Tray is designated in Paper Feed printer behaves as though Normal Tray is selected MEDIA CHECK Enable Disable Sets whether the printer checks the matching of paper size to that of the tray Only standard sizes are checked TRANSPARENCY Auto Disable Enable Disable the transparency DETECT auto detect function ES 3037 3037e Setting up 55 LEN NN RESOLUTION TONER SAVE MODE MONO PRINT SPEED ORIENTATION LINE PER PAGE EDIT SIZE Print Menu The default settings are bold ES 3037 600 x 1200 dpi 600 dpi ES 3037e 1200 dpi Fast 1200 dpi 600 dpi ON OFF Auto Color speed Normal speed Portrait Landscape 5 to 128 Default 60 Cassette size Let
302. y of a document for checking before printing multiple copies of the same document NOTES The internal hard disk must be installed in the printer and enabled to allow for spooling of the print job before final printing If the hard disk memory is insufficient for the spooled data DISK FULL is displayed and only one copy is printed If the software application being used has a collate print option it must be turned OFF for proof and print to operate correctly Proof and print may not be available in some software applications Open the file in your application and select File Print In the Print dialog box select the appropriate driver Select Print to file Bow m gt Click Properties or Setup or your application s equivalent ES 3037 3037e Windows NT 4 0 Operation 380 5 On the Job Options tab under Job Type select Proof and Print a Enter a job name of up to 16 characters under Job Name Setting and if required select Request Job Name for each print job Job Name Settings Job Name esl IV Request Job Name for each print job Personal ID Number PIN I Enter 4 digits Use numbers 0 9 Cancel b Type in a four digit personal ID number from 0000 to 7777 then click OK 6 Enter the number of copies and if required select Collate PostScript Driver PCL Driver Advanced Job Options Color Setup Job Options Color p Quality plob Type Fine Qua
303. yed ES 3037 3037e Setting up 80 fen ae PCL EMULATION MENU PPR EMULATION MENU FX EMULATION MENU PARALLEL MENU USB MENU IEEE 1394 MENU NETWORK MENU MEMORY MENU DISK MAINTENANCE SYSTEM ADJUST MENU MAINTENANCE MENU USAGE MENU OP menu continued The default settings are bold Enable Disable Enable Disable Enable Disable Enable Disable Enable Disable Enable Disable Enable Disable Enable Disable Enable Disable Enable Disable Enable Disable Enable Disable Description Enable Disable PCL EMULATION MENU Set to Disable PCL EMULATION MENU is not displayed Enable Disable PPR EMULATION MENU Set to Disable PPR EMULATION MENU is not displayed Enable Disable FX EMULATION MENU Set to Disable FX EMULATION MENU is not displayed Enable Disable PARALLEL MENU Set to Disable PARALLEL MENU is not displayed Enable Disable USB MENU Set to Disable USB MENU is not displayed Displayed only when the IEEE 1394 board is installed Enable Disable IEEE 1394 MENU Set to Disable IEEE 1394 MENU is not displayed Displayed only when the Network Interface Card is installed Enable Disable NETWORK MENU Set to Disable NETWORK MENU is not displayed Enable Disable MEMORY MENU Set to Disable MEMORY MENU is not displayed Enable Disable DISK MAINTENANCE MENU Set to Disable DISK MAINTENANCE MENU is not displayed Enable Disable SYSTEM ADJUST

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Manuale tecnico  Sony AIR-SA15R Speaker System User Manual    TUCANO - Lectura Specs  Samsung HM3700 User Manual  White Rodgers 25M01A-100 Specification Sheet    Chapter 1  Manuel d`installation des panneaux photovoltaïques  www.comelitgroup.com EN USER MANUAL  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file